WO2008054584A1 - Improved stability oled materials and devices - Google Patents
Improved stability oled materials and devices Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008054584A1 WO2008054584A1 PCT/US2007/020796 US2007020796W WO2008054584A1 WO 2008054584 A1 WO2008054584 A1 WO 2008054584A1 US 2007020796 W US2007020796 W US 2007020796W WO 2008054584 A1 WO2008054584 A1 WO 2008054584A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- ring
- metal
- compound
- layer
- preferred
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title abstract description 143
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 106
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 93
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 144
- -1 isoc[uinoline Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 77
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 claims description 37
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 34
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 5
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 54
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 abstract description 33
- 230000005525 hole transport Effects 0.000 abstract description 21
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 257
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 172
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 94
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 92
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 72
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 51
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 49
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 37
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 238000004770 highest occupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 34
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 34
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 34
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 32
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 31
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 31
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 27
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 26
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 22
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 21
- MILUBEOXRNEUHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium(3+) Chemical class [Ir+3] MILUBEOXRNEUHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000004768 lowest unoccupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 18
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- POILWHVDKZOXJZ-ARJAWSKDSA-M (z)-4-oxopent-2-en-2-olate Chemical compound C\C([O-])=C\C(C)=O POILWHVDKZOXJZ-ARJAWSKDSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 15
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical class *C#N 0.000 description 13
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 12
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxal Chemical compound O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 10
- HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 9
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000000859 sublimation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008022 sublimation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000003775 Density Functional Theory Methods 0.000 description 6
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediyl Chemical compound [CH2] HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000005693 optoelectronics Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000010406 cathode material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002800 charge carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940015043 glyoxal Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(II) acetate Substances [Pd].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002207 thermal evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- IXHWGNYCZPISET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(dicyanomethylidene)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]propanedinitrile Chemical compound FC1=C(F)C(=C(C#N)C#N)C(F)=C(F)C1=C(C#N)C#N IXHWGNYCZPISET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 4
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010405 anode material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940093476 ethylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UEEXRMUCXBPYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium;2-phenylpyridine Chemical compound [Ir].C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1.C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1.C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 UEEXRMUCXBPYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 4
- TVIVIEFSHFOWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-K tri(quinolin-8-yloxy)alumane Chemical group [Al+3].C1=CN=C2C([O-])=CC=CC2=C1.C1=CN=C2C([O-])=CC=CC2=C1.C1=CN=C2C([O-])=CC=CC2=C1 TVIVIEFSHFOWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- SEULWJSKCVACTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylimidazole Chemical compound C1=NC=CN1C1=CC=CC=C1 SEULWJSKCVACTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- DCBKKCYNUSINPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5,6-pentamethylaniline Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)=C(N)C(C)=C1C DCBKKCYNUSINPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GVPODVKBTHCGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tribromoaniline Chemical compound NC1=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C1Br GVPODVKBTHCGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UUASRWXLYJELMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1=NCCN1C1=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C1Br UUASRWXLYJELMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHDHJYNTEFLIHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=NC2=C1C=CC1=C(C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=CN=C21 DHDHJYNTEFLIHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DIVZFUBWFAOMCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-(3-methylphenyl)-1-n,1-n-bis[4-(n-(3-methylphenyl)anilino)phenyl]-4-n-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical group CC1=CC=CC(N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=C(C)C=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=C(C)C=CC=2)=C1 DIVZFUBWFAOMCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SCZWJXTUYYSKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,12-dimethylquinolino[2,3-b]acridine-7,14-dione Chemical compound CN1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3N(C)C1=C2 SCZWJXTUYYSKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000005284 basis set Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940045348 brown mixture Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- GVQSSTGJCFQQCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-chloroethyl)-4-fluorobenzamide Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C(=O)NCCCl)C=C1 GVQSSTGJCFQQCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical group C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Substances [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000010129 solution processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002061 vacuum sublimation Methods 0.000 description 3
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTLRHSQMFIHAHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-bromo-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC(Br)=CC(C)=C1N1C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=NC=C1 HTLRHSQMFIHAHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BUWFYSNPRAJQLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(=C(C)C=2)N2C(=NC=C2)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=C1 BUWFYSNPRAJQLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093475 2-ethoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UOQXIWFBQSVDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorobenzaldehyde Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 UOQXIWFBQSVDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004861 4-isopropyl phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 0 CC=NC=N[n]1c(-c(c(*(*)(C23*)C2=*)c2)ccc2[Al]*)[n+]3cc1 Chemical compound CC=NC=N[n]1c(-c(c(*(*)(C23*)C2=*)c2)ccc2[Al]*)[n+]3cc1 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000023 Kugelrohr distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000144 PEDOT:PSS Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dialuminum;dioxosilane;oxygen(2-);hydrate Chemical compound O.[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3].O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JAONJTDQXUSBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dialuminum;dizinc;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Zn+2].[Zn+2] JAONJTDQXUSBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001194 electroluminescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- FVIZARNDLVOMSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ginsenoside K Natural products C1CC(C2(CCC3C(C)(C)C(O)CCC3(C)C2CC2O)C)(C)C2C1C(C)(CCC=C(C)C)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O FVIZARNDLVOMSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005524 hole trap Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008863 intramolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002902 organometallic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001296 phosphorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011970 polystyrene sulfonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002796 polystyrene sulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N protoneodioscin Natural products O(C[C@@H](CC[C@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]2[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@H]4[C@@H]([C@]5(C)C(=CC4)C[C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@H](CO)O4)CC5)CC3)C[C@@H]2O1)C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QRUBYZBWAOOHSV-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F QRUBYZBWAOOHSV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000001894 space-charge-limited current method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- DANYXEHCMQHDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-K trichloroiridium Chemical compound Cl[Ir](Cl)Cl DANYXEHCMQHDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- IIYFAKIEWZDVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tridecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC IIYFAKIEWZDVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005292 vacuum distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001947 vapour-phase growth Methods 0.000 description 2
- DJGHSJBYKIQHIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3,5-dimethylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(B(O)O)=C1 DJGHSJBYKIQHIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAEUFBDMVKQCLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-propan-2-ylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C1 IAEUFBDMVKQCLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBDSUVKUGRWOPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4,5-pentamethyl-6-nitrobenzene Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C)=C1C RBDSUVKUGRWOPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-thiadiazole Chemical group C1=CSN=N1 UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002030 1,2-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:1])=C([*:2])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QUHIUAFQBFDMIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dimethyl-5-phenylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 QUHIUAFQBFDMIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGPMJVHROGLPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1N1C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=NC=C1 UGPMJVHROGLPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNQQLTJLFCPFKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-phenylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1N1C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC=C1 DNQQLTJLFCPFKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJLFHOQHPQOSIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2,6-diphenylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1=NC=CN1C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 WJLFHOQHPQOSIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXZHVIIWSDDATH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-3-methyl-2H-benzimidazole-2-carboxylic acid hydroiodide Chemical compound I.C12=CC=CC=C2N(C)C(C(O)=O)N1C1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1 OXZHVIIWSDDATH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGCQHTACQZUATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2,6-di(propan-2-yl)phenyl]-2-phenylimidazole Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)C)=C1N1C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC=C1 DGCQHTACQZUATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical class CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQJQPIWVCBJVAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2-phenylimidazole Chemical class CN1C=CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 OQJQPIWVCBJVAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFAVRAWWGOLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-methyl-3-phenylimidazol-1-ium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CN1C=C[N+](C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 FPFAVRAWWGOLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWOJEDGRFCGFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,6,7,10,11-hexakis-phenyltriphenylene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC(C2=CC(=C(C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=C2C2=CC(=C(C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=C22)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)=C2C=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 RSWOJEDGRFCGFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJEBZUFROMNDEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dibromo-4-propan-2-ylaniline Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(Br)=C(N)C(Br)=C1 CJEBZUFROMNDEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIRRDAWDNHRRLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dibromoaniline Chemical compound NC1=C(Br)C=CC=C1Br XIRRDAWDNHRRLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=C(C)N=C3C2=NC(C)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGQVJSRVBSEBOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1=NC=CN1C1=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C1Br HGQVJSRVBSEBOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXXDUHJEVLVAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1=NC=CN1C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 GXXDUHJEVLVAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPZKYZFFADHYEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[2,4,6-tris(4-propan-2-ylphenyl)phenyl]imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(C)C)=C(N2C(=NC=C2)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(C)C)=C1 MPZKYZFFADHYEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONRREFWJTRBDRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroethanamine;hydron;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[NH3+]CCCl ONRREFWJTRBDRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTUGGVBKWIYQSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodo-1,3-dimethylbenzene Chemical group CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1I QTUGGVBKWIYQSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHESDIYXNXOZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)imidazole Chemical compound BrC1=CC(Br)=CC(Br)=C1N1C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC=C1 QHESDIYXNXOZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QGLAYJCJLHNIGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-2,6-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CC1=CC(Br)=CC(C)=C1N QGLAYJCJLHNIGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWXGSYPUMWKTBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-carbazol-9-yl-n,n-bis(4-carbazol-9-ylphenyl)aniline Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=C(N(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C32)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 AWXGSYPUMWKTBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZKLEJHVLCMVQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C(Cl)=O)C=C1 CZKLEJHVLCMVQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXVFYQXJAXKLAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-phenylphenolate Chemical compound C1=CC([O-])=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 YXVFYQXJAXKLAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AFWCCDVMJVSYQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2,3-dimethylphenyl)-2-phenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C=2NC(=NC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1C AFWCCDVMJVSYQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHLKOHSAWQPOFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-phenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound N1C=NC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XHLKOHSAWQPOFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241001120493 Arene Species 0.000 description 1
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000837344 Homo sapiens T-cell leukemia translocation-altered gene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHZRHVKXKVKJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N I.C12=CC=CC=C2N(C)C(C(O)=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound I.C12=CC=CC=C2N(C)C(C(O)=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 KHZRHVKXKVKJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021638 Iridium(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001609 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001085205 Prenanthella exigua Species 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100028692 T-cell leukemia translocation-altered gene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium(3+) Chemical compound [Al+3] REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005899 aromatization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005418 aryl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JNGZXGGOCLZBFB-IVCQMTBJSA-N compound E Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1)=O)C(=O)CC1=CC(F)=CC(F)=C1 JNGZXGGOCLZBFB-IVCQMTBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007772 electrode material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N heliogen blue Chemical compound [Cu].[N-]1C2=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=NC([N-]1)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=N2 RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013902 inosinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010907 mechanical stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052901 montmorillonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYQJUYCGPLFWQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-chloroethyl)benzamide Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FYQJUYCGPLFWQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[4-(n-naphthalen-1-ylanilino)phenyl]phenyl]-n-phenylnaphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)C=C1 IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013086 organic photovoltaic Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEZDDPMMPIDMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentamethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C(C)=C1C BEZDDPMMPIDMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007699 photoisomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013014 purified material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QLULGIRFKAWHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-4-ylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=NC=C1 QLULGIRFKAWHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005610 quantum mechanics Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012925 reference material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- VFWRGKJLLYDFBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Ag].[Ag] VFWRGKJLLYDFBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008149 soap solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- ODWVPMLEOBRBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-K trichloroiridium hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Ir](Cl)(Cl)Cl ODWVPMLEOBRBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylamine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003738 xylenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001845 yogo sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc indium(3+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O--].[Zn++].[In+3] YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F15/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
- C07F15/0006—Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
- C07F15/0033—Iridium compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/06—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
- H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
- H10K50/18—Carrier blocking layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/30—Coordination compounds
- H10K85/341—Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
- H10K85/342—Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1003—Carbocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1007—Non-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1003—Carbocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1011—Condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
- C09K2211/1029—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
- C09K2211/1044—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
- C09K2211/1059—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
- C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
- C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
- C09K2211/1074—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing more than three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
- C09K2211/18—Metal complexes
- C09K2211/185—Metal complexes of the platinum group, i.e. Os, Ir, Pt, Ru, Rh or Pd
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K2101/00—Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
- H10K2101/10—Triplet emission
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
- H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
- H10K50/11—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/30—Coordination compounds
- H10K85/321—Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3]
- H10K85/324—Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3] comprising aluminium, e.g. Alq3
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10S428/917—Electroluminescent
Definitions
- the claimed invention was made by, on behalf of, and/or in connection with one or more of the following parties to a joint university corporation research agreement: Princeton University, The University of Southern California, and the Universal Display Corporation. The agreement was in effect on and before the date the claimed invention was made, and the claimed invention was made as a result of activities undertaken within the scope of the agreement.
- the present invention generally relates to organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), and organic compounds used in these devices, as well as phoshorescent OLEDs having an electron impeding layer.
- OLEDs organic light emitting devices
- phoshorescent OLEDs having an electron impeding layer.
- Opto-electronic devices that make use of organic materials are becoming increasingly desirable for a number of reasons. Many of the materials used to make such devices are relatively inexpensive, so organic opto-electronic devices have the potential for cost advantages over inorganic devices. In addition, the inherent properties of organic materials, such as their flexibility, may make them well suited for particular applications such as fabrication on a flexible substrate. Examples of organic opto-electronic devices include organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), organic phototransistors, organic photovoltaic cells, and organic photodetectors. For OLEDs, the organic materials may have performance advantages over conventional materials. For example, the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
- OLEDs organic light emitting devices
- the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
- organic includes polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices.
- Small molecule refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and "small molecules” may actually be quite large. Small molecules may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the "small molecule” class. Small molecules may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. Small molecules may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety.
- the core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter.
- a dendrimer may be a "small molecule," and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules.
- a small molecule has a well-defined chemical formula with a single molecular weight, whereas a polymer has a chemical formula and a molecular weight that may vary from molecule to molecule.
- organic includes metal complexes of hydrocarbyl and heteroatom- substituted hydrocarbyl ligands.
- OLEDs make use of thin organic films that emit light when voltage is applied across the device. OLEDs are becoming an increasingly interesting technology for use in applications such as flat panel displays, illumination, and backlighting. Several OLED materials and configurations are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,844,363, 6,303,238, and 5,707,745, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- OLED devices are generally (but not always) intended to emit light through at least one of the electrodes, and one or more transparent electrodes may be useful in an organic optoelectronic devices.
- a transparent electrode material such as indium tin oxide (ITO)
- ITO indium tin oxide
- a transparent top electrode such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,703,436 and 5,707,745, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, may also be used.
- the top electrode does not need to be transparent, and may be comprised of a thick and reflective metal layer having a high electrical conductivity.
- the bottom electrode may be opaque and/or reflective.
- using a thicker layer may provide better conductivity, and using a reflective electrode may increase the amount of light emitted through the other electrode, by reflecting light back towards the transparent electrode.
- Fully transparent devices may also be fabricated, where both electrodes are transparent. Side emitting OLEDs may also be fabricated, and one or both electrodes may be opaque or reflective in such devices.
- top means furthest away from the substrate
- bottom means closest to the substrate.
- the bottom electrode is the electrode closest to the substrate, and is generally the first electrode fabricated.
- the bottom electrode has two surfaces, a bottom surface closest to the substrate, and a top surface further away from the substrate.
- a first layer is described as "disposed over” a second layer
- the first layer is disposed further away from substrate.
- a cathode may be described as “disposed over” an anode, even though there are various organic layers in between.
- solution processible means capable of being dissolved, dispersed, or transported in and/or deposited from a liquid medium, either in solution or suspension form.
- a first "Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital” (HOMO) or “Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital” (LUMO) energy level is "greater than” or "higher than” a second HOMO or LUMO energy level if the first energy level is closer to the vacuum energy level.
- IP ionization potentials
- a higher HOMO energy level corresponds to an IP having a smaller absolute value (an IP that is less negative).
- a higher LUMO energy level corresponds to an electron affinity (EA) having a smaller absolute value (an EA that is less negative).
- OLED devices that incorporate N-(2,6-disubstituted phenyl)-2- phenyl imidazole derived metal complexes can have lifetimes upwards of 5 times longer than devices incorporating the corresponding N-methyl imidazole complexes with the same R 2 substituents.
- the compounds described herein will be broadly applicable to phosphorescent OLED devices, including those based on small molecule metal complexes, including but not limited to dendridic metal complexes, and polymer-attached or polymer- blended metal complexes, processed by any of a variety of methods, including vapor phase deposition and solution processing methods, wherein the metal complexes in all of these devices may be homoleptic or heteroleptic complexes, wherein the donor atoms may comprise combinations of atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, arsenic, silicon, selenium, or another metal.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is independently substituted at both ortho positions by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl groups.
- the second ring may be further substituted, and each of the substituents may independently be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide.
- the first ring is an imidazole, benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ring.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. This first ring is an imidazole, coordinated via a first nitrogen atom to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the present invention provides an organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a hole transport layer; an organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant; an electron impeding layer; an electron transport layer; and a cathode disposed, in that order, over a substrate.
- the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, more preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant.
- the electron impeding layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material such as mCBP.
- the device emits blue light.
- the emissive dopant is compound 1.
- the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; a first organic layer disposed between the organic emissive layer and the cathode; a second organic layer disposed between, and in direct contact with, the organic emissive layer and the first organic layer; wherein the second organic layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material.
- the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably.
- the second organic layer consists essentially of a material, such that when said material is used in a similar device wherein the first organic layer is Alq 3 , increasing the thickness of the second organic layer will cause emission from the first organic layer.
- the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the. anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; and a means for accumulating electrons between the cathode and the emissive layer.
- Figure 1 shows an organic light emitting device having separate electron transport, hole transport, and emissive layers, as well as other layers;
- Figure 2 shows an inverted organic light emitting device that does not have a separate electron transport layer.
- Figure 3 shows the materials definitions used in subsequent figures.
- Figure 4 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 5 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 6 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices V and T.
- Figure 7 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices V and XI.
- Figure 8 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices V and PP.
- Figure 9 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices LLL and XL
- Figure 10 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 11 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 12 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 13 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 14 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 15 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 16 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 17 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 18 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
- Figure 19 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices A, B, E, F and I.
- Figure 20 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices K, L, N, O, P, and Q.
- Figure 21 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices K, R, L, S, and M.
- Figure 22 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices H, J, V and T.
- Figure 23 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for devices U, W and X.
- Figure 24 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 25 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 26 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for device BB.
- Figure 27 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for device EE.
- Figure 28 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm 2 current density for device Z.
- Figure 29 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 30 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices FF and GG.
- Figure 31 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 40 mA/cm 2 current density for devices HH and H.
- Figure 32 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 33 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 34 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 35 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 36 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices MM, NN, OO and PP.
- Figure 37 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices UU, W and WW.
- Figure 38 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 39 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices YY, ZZ and AAA.
- Figure 40 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 41 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices EEE, GGG and HHH.
- Figure 42 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices EEE, CCC and FFF.
- Figure 43 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 44 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 45 shows the devices prepared.
- Figure 46 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices GG and NNN.
- Figure 47 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
- Figure 48 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm 2 current density for devices MMM and NNN.
- Figure 49 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
- Figure 50 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
- Fig. 51 shows an organic light emitting device including an electron impeding layer.
- Fig. 52 shows the structures of compounds 1-5.
- Fig. 53 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 1 devices.
- Fig. 54 shows the lifetime at room temperature with 10 mA/cm 2 for compound 1 devices.
- Fig. 55 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 2 devices.
- Fig. 56 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 3 devices.
- Fig. 57 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 4 devices.
- Fig. 58 shows the lifetime at room temperature with 10 mA/cm 2 for compound 4 devices.
- Fig. 59 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 5 devices.
- Fig. 60 shows the emission of devices as the thickness of an electron impeding layers is increased.
- Fig. 61 shows the emission of devices as the thickness of a hole blocking layer is increased.
- Fig. 62 shows exemplary HOMO energy levels for a device having an electron impeding layer.
- Fig. 63 a and Fig. 63b show a device having an electron impeding layer and an energy level diagram for the device.
- Fig. 64 shows the plot of spectral data obtained for for Compound oa10.
- Fig. 65 shows the lifetimes of Devices 19 and 20 operated at a current density of 40 mA/cm 2 at room temperature.
- an OLED comprises at least one organic layer disposed between and electrically connected to an anode and a cathode.
- the anode injects holes and the cathode injects electrons into the organic layer(s).
- the injected holes and electrons each migrate toward the oppositely charged electrode.
- an "exciton” which is a localized electron-hole pair having an excited energy state, is formed.
- Light is emitted when the exciton relaxes via a photoemissive mechanism.
- the exciton maybe localized on an excimer or an exciplex. Non-radiative mechanisms, such as thermal relaxation, may also occurs but are generally considered undesirable.
- the initial OLEDs used emissive molecules that emitted light from their singlet states ("fluorescence") as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,769,292, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Fluorescent emission generally occurs in a time frame of less than 10 nanoseconds.
- Phosphorescence may be referred to as a "forbidden" transition because the transition requires a change in spin states, and quantum mechanics indicates that such a transition is not favored.
- phosphorescence generally occurs in a time frame exceeding at least 10 nanoseconds, and typically greater than 100 nanoseconds. If the natural radiative lifetime of phosphorescence is too long, triplets may decay by a non-radiative mechanism, such that no light is emitted.
- Organic phosphorescence is also . often observed in molecules containing heteroatoms with unshared pairs of electrons at very low temperatures. 2,2'-bipyridine is such a molecule.
- Non-radiative decay mechanisms are typically temperature dependent, such that an organic material that exhibits phosphorescence at liquid nitrogen temperatures typically does not exhibit phosphorescence at room temperature. But, as demonstrated by Baldo, this problem may be addressed by selecting phosphorescent compounds that do phosphoresce at room temperature.
- Representative emissive layers include doped or un- doped phosphorescent organometallic materials such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,303,238; 6,310,360; 6,830,828; and 6,835,469; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002-0182441; and WO-02/074015.
- the excitons in an OLED are believed to be created in a ratio of about 3:1, i.e., approximately 75% triplets and 25% singlets. See, Adachi et al., "Nearly 100% Internal Phosphorescent Efficiency In An Organic Light Emitting Device," J. Appl. Phys., 9.0, 5.048 (2001), which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- singlet excitons may readily transfer their energy to triplet excited states via "intersystem crossing," whereas triplet excitons may not readily transfer their energy to singlet excited states.
- 100% internal quantum efficiency is theoretically possible with phosphorescent OLEDs.
- Phosphorescence from triplets can be enhanced over fluorescence by confining, preferably through bonding, the organic molecule in close proximity to an atom of high atomic number. This phenomenon, called the heavy atom effect, is created by a mechanism known as spin-orbit coupling. Such a phosphorescent transition may be observed from an excited metal-to-ligand charge transfer (MLCT) state of an organometallic molecule such as tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium(III).
- MLCT excited metal-to-ligand charge transfer
- the organic metal to carbon bond in an organometallic complex is an especially preferred method of achieving the desired proximity of the organic molecule to an atom of high atomic number.
- the presence of the organic carbon-metal bond in the organometallic complex may promote greater MLCT character, which can be useful for the production of highly efficient devices.
- triplet energy refers to an energy corresponding to the highest energy .feature discemable in the phosphorescence spectrum of a given material.
- the highest energy feature is not necessarily the peak having the greatest intensity in the phosphorescence spectrum, and could, for example, be a local maximum of a clear shoulder on the high energy side of such a peak.
- organometallic refers to compounds which have an organic group bonded.to a metal through a carbon-metal bond. This class does not include per se coordination compounds, which are substances having only donor bonds from heteroatoms, such as metal complexes of amines, halides, pseudohalides (CN, etc.), and the like.
- organometallic compounds may comprise, in addition to one or more carbon-metal bonds to an organic species, one or more donor bonds from a heteroatom.
- the carbon-metal bond to an organic species refers to a direct bond between a metal and a carbon atom of an organic group, such as phenyl, alkyl, alkenyl, etc., but does not refer to a metal bond to an "inorganic carbon," such as the carbon of CN or CO.
- Fig. 1 shows an organic light emitting device 100.
- Device 100 may include a substrate 110, an anode il5, a hole injection layer 120, a hole transport layer 125, an electron blocking layer 130, an emissive layer 135, a hole blocking layer 140, an electron transport layer 145, an electron injection layer 150, a protective layer 155, and a cathode 160.
- Cathode 160 is a compound cathode having a first conductive layer 162 and a second conductive layer 164.
- Device 100 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order.
- Substrate 110 may be any suitable substrate that/provides desired structural properties.
- Substrate 110 may be flexible or rigid.
- Substrate 110 may be transparent, translucent or opaque.
- Plastic and glass are examples of preferred rigid substrate materials.
- Plastic and metal foils are examples of preferred flexible substrate materials.
- Substrate 110 may be a semiconductor material in order to facilitate the fabrication of circuitry.
- substrate 110 may be a silicon wafer upon which circuits are fabricated, capable of controlling OLEDs subsequently deposited on the substrate. Other substrates may be used.
- the material and thickness of substrate 110 may be chosen to obtain desired structural and optical properties.
- Anode 115 may be any suitable anode that is sufficiently conductive to transport holes to the organic layers.
- the material of anode 115 preferably has a work function higher than about 4 eV (a "high work function material").
- Preferred anode materials include conductive metal oxides, such as indium tin oxide (ITO) and indium zinc oxide (IZO), aluminum zinc oxide (AlZnO), and metals.
- Anode 115 (and substrate 110) may be sufficiently transparent to create a bottom-emitting device.
- a preferred transparent substrate and anode combination is commercially available ITO (anode) deposited on glass or plastic (substrate).
- a flexible and transparent substrate-anode combination is disclosed in United States Patent Nos. 5,844,363 and 6,602,540 B2, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- Anode 115 may be opaque and / or reflective.
- a reflective anode 115 - may be preferred for some top-emitting devices, to increase the amount of light emitted from the top of the device.
- the material and thickness of anode 115 may be chosen to obtain desired conductive and optical properties. Where anode 115 is transparent, there may be a range of thickness for a particular material that is thick enough to provide the desired conductivity, yet thin enough to provide the desired degree of transparency. Other anode materials and structures may be used.
- Hole transport layer 125 may include a material capable of transporting holes.
- Hole transport layer 130 may be intrinsic (undoped), or doped. Doping may be used to enhance conductivity.
- ⁇ -NPD and TPD are examples of intrinsic hole transport layers.
- An example of a p-doped hole transport layer is m-MTDATA doped with F 4 -TCNQ at a molar ratio of 50:1, as disclosed in United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other hole transport layers may be used.
- Emissive layer 135 may include an organic material capable of emitting light when a current is passed between anode 115 and cathode 160.
- emissive layer 135 contains a phosphorescent emissive material, although fluorescent emissive materials may also be used. Phosphorescent materials are preferred because of the higher luminescent efficiencies associated with such materials. Emissive layer 135 may also comprise a host material capable of transporting electrons and / or holes, doped with an emissive material that may trap electrons, holes, and / or excitons, such that excitons relax from the emissive material via a photoemissive mechanism. Emissive layer 135 may comprise a single material that combines transport and emissive properties.
- emissive layer 135 may comprise other materials, such as dopants that tune the emission of the emissive material.
- Emissive layer 135 may include a plurality of emissive materials capable of, in combination, emitting a desired spectrum of light. Examples of phosphorescent emissive materials include Ir(ppy) 3 . Examples of fluorescent emissive materials include DCM and DMQA. Examples of host materials include AIq 3 , CBP and mCP. Examples of emissive and host materials are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,303,238 to Thompson et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Emissive material may be included in emissive layer 135 in a number of ways.
- an emissive small molecule may be incorporated into a polymer. This may be accomplished by several ways: by doping the small molecule into the polymer either as a separate and distinct molecular species; or by incorporating the small molecule into the backbone of the polymer, so as to form a co-polymer; or by bonding the small molecule as a pendant group on the polymer.
- Other emissive layer materials and structures may be used.
- a small molecule emissive material may be present as the core of a dendrimer.
- a ligand may be referred to as "photoactive” if it contributes directly to the photoactive properties of an organometallic emissive material.
- a "photoactive" ligand may provide, in conjunction with a metal, the energy levels from which and to which an electron moves when a photon is emitted.
- Other ligands may be referred to as "ancillary.”
- Ancillary ligands may modify the photoactive properties of the molecule, for example by shifting the energy levels of a photoactive ligand, but ancillary ligands do not directly provide the energy levels involved in light emission.
- a ligand that is photoactive in one molecule may be ancillary in another.
- Electron transport layer 145 may include a material capable of transporting electrons. Electron transport layer 145 maybe intrinsic (undoped), or doped. Doping maybe used to enhance conductivity. AIq 3 is an example of an intrinsic electron transport layer. An example of an n-doped electron transport layer is BPhen doped with Li at a molar ratio of 1:1, as disclosed in United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other electron transport layers may be used. [0106] The charge carrying component of the electron transport layer may be selected such that electrons can be efficiently injected from the cathode into the LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital) energy level of the electron transport layer.
- LUMO Low Unoccupied Molecular Orbital
- the "charge carrying component” is the material responsible for the LUMO energy level that actually transports electrons.
- This component may be the base material, or it may be a dopant.
- the LUMO energy level of an organic material may be generally characterized by the electron affinity of that material and the relative electron injection efficiency of a cathode maybe generally characterized in terms of the work function of the cathode material. This means that the preferred properties of an electron transport layer and the adjacent cathode may be specified in terms of the electron affinity of the charge carrying component of the ETL and the work function of the cathode material.
- the work function of the cathode material is preferably not greater than the electron affinity of the charge carrying component of the electron transport layer by more than about 0.75 eV, more preferably, by not more than about 0.5 eV. Similar considerations apply to any layer into which electrons are being injected.
- Cathode 160 may be any suitable material or combination of materials known to the art, such that cathode 160 is capable of conducting electrons and injecting them into the organic layers of device 100. Cathode 160 may be transparent or opaque, and may be reflective. Metals and metal oxides are examples of suitable cathode materials. Cathode 160 may be a single layer, or may have a compound structure.
- Figure 1 shows a compound cathode 160 having a thin metal layer 162 and a thicker conductive metal oxide layer 164.
- preferred materials for the thicker layer 164 include ITO, IZO, and other materials known to the art.
- the part of cathode 160 that is in contact with the underlying organic layer, whether it is a single layer cathode 160, the thin metal layer 162 of a compound cathode, or some other part, is preferably made of a material having a work function lower than about 4 eV (a "low work function material"). Other cathode materials and structures may be used.
- Blocking layers may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons or holes) and / or excitons that leave the emissive layer.
- An electron blocking layer 130 may be disposed between emissive layer 135 and the hole transport layer 125, to block electrons from leaving emissive layer 135 in the direction of hole transport layer 125.
- a hole blocking layer 140 may be disposed between emissive Iayerl35 and electron transport layer 145, to block holes from leaving emissive layer 135 in the direction of electron transport layer 145.
- Blocking layers may also be used to block excitons from diffusing out of the emissive layer. The theory and use of blocking layers is described in more detail in United States Patent No. 6,097,147 and United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- blocking layer means that the layer provides a barrier that significantly inhibits transport of charge carriers and/or excitons through the device, without suggesting that the layer necessarily completely blocks the charge carriers and/or excitons.
- the presence of such a blocking layer in a device may result in substantially higher efficiencies as compared to a similar device lacking a blocking layer.
- a blocking layer may be used to confine emission to a desired region of an OLED.
- injection layers are comprised of a material that may improve the injection of charge carriers from one layer, such as an electrode or an organic layer, into an adjacent organic layer. Injection layers may also perform a charge transport function.
- hole injection layer 120 may be any layer that improves the injection of holes from anode 115 into hole transport layer 125.
- CuPc is an example of a material that may be used as a hole injection layer from an ITO anode 115, and other anodes.
- electron injection layer 150 may be any layer that improves the injection of electrons into electron transport layer 145.
- LiF / Al is an example of a material that may be used as an electron injection layer into an electron transport layer from an adjacent layer.
- a hole injection layer may comprise a solution deposited material, such as a spin-coated polymer, e.g., PEDOT:PSS, or it may be a vapor deposited small molecule material, e.g., CuPc or MTDATA.
- a solution deposited material such as a spin-coated polymer, e.g., PEDOT:PSS, or it may be a vapor deposited small molecule material, e.g., CuPc or MTDATA.
- a hole injection layer may planarize or wet the anode surface so as to provide efficient hole injection from the anode into the hole injecting material.
- a hole injection layer may also have a charge carrying component having HOMO (Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital) energy levels that favorably match up, as. defined by their herein-described relative ionization potential (IP) energies, with the adjacent anode layer on one side of the HIL and the hole transporting layer on the opposite side of the HIL.
- the "charge carrying component” is the material responsible for the HOMO energy level that actually transports holes. This component may be the base material of the HDL, or it may be a dopant.
- a doped HIL allows the dopant to be selected for its electrical properties, and the host to be selected for morphological properties such as wetting, flexibility, toughness, etc.
- Preferred properties for the HIL material are such that holes can be efficiently injected from the anode into the HIL material.
- the charge carrying component of the HIL preferably has an IP not more than about 0.7 eV greater that the IP of the anode material. More preferably, the charge carrying component has an EP not more than about 0.5 eV greater than the anode material. Similar considerations apply to any layer into which holes are being injected.
- HIL materials are further distinguished from conventional hole transporting materials that are typically used in the hole transporting layer of an OLED in that such HIL materials may have a hole conductivity that is substantially less than the hole conductivity of conventional hole transporting materials.
- the thickness of the HIL of the present invention may be thick enough to help planarize or wet the surface of the anode layer. For example, an HIL thickness of as little as 10 nm may be acceptable for a very smooth anode surface. However, since anode surfaces tend to be very rough, a thickness for the HIL of up to 50 nm may be desired in some cases.
- a protective layer may be used to protect underlying layers during subsequent fabrication processes.
- the processes used to fabricate metal or metal oxide top electrodes may damage organic layers, and a protective layer may be used to reduce or eliminate such damage.
- protective layer 155 may reduce damage to underlying organic layers during the fabrication of cathode 160.
- a protective layer has a high carrier mobility for the type of carrier that it transports (electrons in device 100), such that it does not significantly increase the operating voltage of device 100.
- CuPc, BCP, and various metal phthalocyanines are examples of materials that may be used in protective layers. Other materials or combinations of materials may be used.
- protective layer 155 is preferably thick enough that there is little or no damage to underlying layers due to fabrication processes that occur after organic protective layer 160 is deposited, yet not so thick as to significantly increase the operating voltage of device 100.
- Protective layer 155 maybe doped to increase its conductivity.
- a CuPc or BCP protective layer 160 may be doped with Li.
- Figure 2 shows an inverted OLED 200.
- the device includes a substrate 210, an cathode 215, an emissive layer 220, a hole transport layer 225, and an anode 230.
- Device 200 maybe fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. Because the most common OLED configuration has a cathode disposed over the anode, and device 200 has cathode 215 disposed under anode 230, device 200 may be referred to as an "inverted" OLED. Materials similar to those described with respect to device 100 may be used in the corresponding layers of device 200. Figure 2 provides one example of how some layers may be omitted from the structure of device 100.
- hole transport layer 225 transports holes and injects holes into emissive layer 220, and maybe described as a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer.
- an OLED may be described as having an "organic layer" disposed between a cathode and an anode. This organic layer may comprise a single layer, or may further comprise multiple layers of different organic materials as described, for example, with respect to Figures 1 and 2.
- OLEDs comprised of polymeric materials (PLEDs) such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,247,190, Friend et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- PLEDs polymeric materials
- OLEDs having a single organic layer may be used.
- OLEDs may be stacked, for example as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,745 to Forrest et al, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the OLED structure may deviate from the simple layered structure illustrated ih Figures 1 and 2.
- the substrate may include an angled reflective surface to improve out-coupling, such as a mesa structure as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,091,195 to Forrest et al., and / or a pit structure as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,834,893 to Bulovic et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- any of the layers of the various embodiments may be deposited by any suitable method.
- preferred methods include thermal evaporation, ink-jet, such as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,013,982 and 6,087,196, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, organic vapor phase deposition (OVPD), such as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,337;102 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety, and deposition by organic vapor jet printing (OVJP), such as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 10/233,470, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- OVPD organic vapor phase deposition
- OJP organic vapor jet printing
- Other suitable deposition methods include spin coating and other solution based processes.
- Solution based processes are preferably carried out in nitrogen or an inert atmosphere.
- preferred methods include thermal evaporation.
- Preferred patterning methods include deposition through a mask, cold welding such as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,294,398 and 6,468,819, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, and patterning associated with some of the deposition methods such as ink-jet and OVJD. Other methods may also be used.
- the materials to be deposited may be modified to make them compatible with a particular deposition method. For example, substituents such as alkyl and aryl groups, branched or unbranched, and preferably containing at least 3 carbons; may be used in small molecules to enhance their ability to undergo solution processing.
- Substituents having 20 carbons or more may be used, and 3-20 carbons is a preferred range. Materials with asymmetric structures may have better solution processibility than those having symmetric structures, because asymmetric materials may have a lower tendency to recrystallize. Dendrimer substituents may be used to enhance the ability of small molecules to undergo solution processing.
- substituents may be added to a compound having three bidentate ligands, such that after the substituents are added, one or more of the bidentate ligands are linked together to form, for example, a tetradentate or hexadentate ligand. Other such linkages may be formed.
- Devices fabricated in accordance with embodiments of the invention may be incorporated into a wide variety of consumer products, including flat panel displays, computer monitors, televisions, billboards, lights for interior or exterior illumination and / or signaling, heads up displays, fully transparent displays, flexible displays, laser printers, telephones, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), laptop computers, digital cameras, camcorders, viewfinders, micro-displays, vehicles, a large area wall, theater or stadium screen, or a sign.
- PDAs personal digital assistants
- Various control mechanisms may be used to control devices fabricated in accordance with the present invention, including passive matrix and active matrix. Many of the devices are intended for use in a temperature range comfortable to humans, such as IS degrees C to 30 degrees C, and more preferably at room temperature (20 - 25 degrees C).
- the materials and structures described herein may have applications in devices other than OLEDs.
- other optoelectronic devices such as organic solar cells and organic photodetectors may employ the materials and structures.
- organic devices such as organic transistors, may employ the materials and structures.
- aryl refers to an aromatic carbocyclic monoradical Unless otherwise specified, the aromatic carbocyclic monoradical may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the substituents can be F, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and the like.
- a "hydrocarbyl” group means a monovalent or divalent, linear, branched or cyclic group which contains only carbon and hydrogen atoms.
- Examples of monovalent hydrocarbyls include the following: C 1 - C 20 alkyl; C 1 - C 20 alkyl substituted with one or more groups selected from C 1 - C 20 alkyl, C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl, and aryl; C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl; C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more groups selected from C 1 - C 20 alkyl, C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl, and aryl; C 6 - C 18 aryl; and C 6 - C 18 aryl substituted with one or more groups selected from C 1 - C 20 alkyl, C 3 - C 8 cycloalkyl, and aryl.
- Examples of divalent (bridging) hydrocarbyls include: -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 — ; -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -; and 1,2-phenylene.
- heteroatom refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen.
- heteroatoms include oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, arsenic, chlorine, bromine, silicon, and fluorine.
- heteroaryl refers to a heterocyclic monoradical that is aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, the aromatic heterocyclic monoradical may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the substituents can be F, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and the like.
- heteroaryls examples include 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indenyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, carbazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzothienyl, and the like, and substituted derivatives thereof.
- ortho positions we mean the positions on the aryl or heteroaryl group which are adjacent to the point of attachment of the second ring to the first ring, In the case of a six- membered ring aryl group attached via the 1 -position, such as 2,6-dimethylphenyl, the 2- and 6- positions are the ortho positions. In the case of a 5-membered ring heteroaryl group attached via the 1 -position, such as 2,5-diphenylpyrrol-1-yl, the 2- and 5-positions are the ortho positions.
- ring fusion at a carbon adjacent to the point of attachment is considered to be a type of ortho substitution.
- dopant decomposition and excited state quenching are important factors in phosphorescent device failure, and that the enhanced stability the devices of the current invention may be attributed to a combination of steric and electronics effects associated with the ortho-disubstituted aryl or heteroaryl group that comprises the second ring. It is believed that these factors may be of particular importance for blue emitting phosphorescent materials.
- the steric bulk associated with the ortho-disubstituted second ring is believed to rigidify the dopant, either through direct intramolecular interactions, or indirectly, by interactions with the surrounding solid state matrix, in such a way as to make it more difficult for the dopant to rearrange, and therefore more difficult for it to decompose.
- Some decomposition routes include as a step a rearrangement of the molecule, and making the rearrangement more difficult may potentially slow decomposition.
- Ways to make rearrangement more difficult include increasing the steric bulk specifically associated with large substituents on the second ring.
- the steric bulk associated with the ortho- disubstituted second ring will also restrict the close approach of reactive impurities to the metal center.
- reactive impurities include, for example, water or diffusible ions that would potentially react with the metal complex and alter the chemical structure of the metal complex.
- the substituents at the ortho positions of the second ring impede the approach of such impurities.
- any large group may work to impede the approach of impurities, certain positions on the ring may provide greater protection to the metal center.
- the ortho positions may be especially effective in improving the lifetime of the metal center because these substituents are pointing inwards, creating a highly congested environment that impedes approach to the metal center.
- the substituents at the ortho positions of the compounds according to the invention will also minimize quenching of the dopant excited state by impurities formed upon decomposition by increasing the dopant-to-quencher distance.
- the use of metal complexes having ortho-disubstitution on the second ring will minimize dopant-to-dopant energy transfer by increasing the dopant-to-dopant distance, thereby minimizing exciton diffusion to decomposition-related quenching impurities.
- the compounds having the ortho-disubstituted second ring will also increase the dihedral angle between the first and second rings, thereby substantially de- conjugating the second ring from the first ring.
- Electronic effects associated with such de- conjugation are believed to include: (i) a blue-shift of the phosphorescent emission, relative to an otherwise equivalent compound without ortho substitution, and (ii) a de-coupling of the singlet and triplet energies, such that it is possible to lower the energy of the singlet excited state and reduce the electrochemical gap of the dopant without red-shifting the phosphorescent emission. Lowering the singlet energy is expected to reduce the likelihood of singlet excited state decomposition, thereby resulting in improved device lifetimes.
- DFT Density Functional Theory
- substitution of the second ring with aryl, heteroaryl or electron-withdrawing groups will tend to lower the energies of the orbitals associated with the second ring and can be used to localize the LUMO on that ring, while substitution of the second ring with electron donating groups can be used to localize the HOMO on that ring.
- R 1a-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1a-e may be linked to form a ring.
- Set 2a we mean the group consisting of 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6- trimethylphenyl, 2,3,4,5,6-pentamethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylphenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(4- pyridyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridyl)phenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-3-naphthyl, 2,6- dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(9-carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(9-phenyl-3- carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-cyanoph
- Set 2b we mean the group consisting of 2,6-di-isopropylphenyl, 2,4,6-tri- isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-phenylphenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(4- pyridyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridyl)phenyl, 2,4-di-isopropyl-3-naphthyI, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-cyanophenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(9-carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-iso
- Set 2c we mean the group consisting of 2,6-di-phenylphenyl, 2,6-di(4- isopropylphenyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di(4-isopropylphenyl)-4-methylphenyl, 2,6-di(4- isopropylphenyl)-4-tert-butylphenyl, 2,4,6-triphenylphenyl, 2,6-di-(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(3,5-dimethylphenyi)phenyl, 2,4,6-tri(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-tert- butylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-fluorophenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(9-carbazolyl)-4-isopropylphenyl
- R 1a,e are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbyl comprising two or more carbons, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
- R b,d are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; in addition, any two of R 1b,d may be linked to form a ring; and
- Ar 1,2 are each independently aryl or heteroaryl.
- Ar sr is the second ring
- R 1a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R 1a,b may be linked to form a ring; and
- R 2a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R 2a,b may comprise a group bonded to said metal.
- Ar sr is the second ring
- R 1a-c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1a-c may be linked to form a ring; and
- R 2a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R 2a,b may comprise a group bonded to said metal.
- Ar fr is the first ring
- Ar 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
- R 1a-d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1a-d may be linked to form a ring.
- Ar 1 is aryl or heteroaryl.
- R 1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1c-i may be linked to form a ring; and
- R 2a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbyl comprising two or more carbons, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
- R 1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl. cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1c-i may be linked to form a ring;
- Ar 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
- Ar 3a is 4-isopropylphenyl
- Ar 3b is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.
- Ar 3 is aryl or heteroaxyl; m is 1, 2 or 3; and n is an integer selected to satisfy the valency of the metal.
- Ar 3a is 4-isopropylphenyl; and Ar 3b is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.
- Set 6c we mean structures mc1, mc2, mc11, mc12, mc13, mc17, mc18, incl9, mc20, mc21, mc22, mc23, mc24, mc27, mc36, oa11, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa1, oa2, oa3, oa8b, mc14, mc16, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, and mc51b: Set 6c
- R 2a-c and R 1a-q are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted" hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 2a-c and R 1a-q may be linked to form a ring, provided that if R 1a and R 2a are linked the ring is a saturated ring;
- Ar 1*3 are aryl or heteroaryl
- Ar sr is the second ring
- Ar c is 9-carbazolyl or substituted 9-carbazolyl
- L n are ancillary ligands, which may be the same or different; m is 1, 2 or 3; n is an integer selected to satisfy the valency of M; and
- M is a metal selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, and Au. It will be understood that the aryl groups may be substituted. In certain preferred embodiments, the both ortho positions of the aryl or heteroaryl group of the second ring are substituted with substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl. [0145] By “Set 6d,” we mean structures mc40b and mc41b: Set 6d
- R 1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R 1a-i may be linked to form a ring; and
- Ar 1a,b are aryl or heteroaryl.
- Set 6e we mean structures m1 - m176 in Table 2 below, wherein gs1 , gs2, gs3, gs4, and gs5 are the general structures set forth in Set 7; 3,5-Me 2 Ph means 3,5-dimethylphenyl; and pip means 1-piperidinyl.
- R 1a-f are as defined in Table 2 above and Ar1-Ar21 are as defined in Table 2a below.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is independently substituted at both ortho positions by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl groups.
- the second ring may be further substituted, and each of the substituents may independently be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the metal complex is an organometallic complex.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu, and Au.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt.
- the metal is Ir.
- the second ring is substituted by an aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing group.
- electron withdrawing group we mean a group with a positive value for the Hammett Substituent Constant corresponding to that group.
- Hammett Substituent Constants are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Hansch, C; Leo, A.; Taft, R. W.; Chem. Rev. 1991, Vol. 91, p. 165).
- a number of electron withdrawing groups have been reported in the literature as being compatible with OLED devices. Such groups are preferred. Examples of such groups include cyano, 9-carbazolyl, and 1-triazolyl.
- the second ring is substituted by a triphenylene group.
- the second ring is substituted by a group that comprises a carbazole.
- the substituents at the ortho position of the second ring comprise one or more diarylaminoaryl groups.
- the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
- the compound is homoleptic.
- the compound is heteroleptic.
- the compound is sublimable.
- sublimable we mean that the compound has sufficient volatility and thermal stability at elevated temperatures that it can be incorporated into a vapor phase processed OLED device. Typically, this means that more than about a 25% yield of greater than about 98% pure sublimed material can be recovered upon sublimation over a period of at least about several hours at temperatures between about 200 and about 400°C. In some cases, the compound may melt or soften in the process, in which case the process may resemble a distillation.
- the second ring is attached to a nitrogen atom of the first ring.
- the first ring is an imidazole ring. In a fourteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyrazole ring. In a fifteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a triazole ring. In a sixteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyridine ring.
- the first ring is a benzene ring.
- the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is also directly bonded to the metal.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
- the third ring is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, and pyrimidyl.
- the third ring is a phenyl ring substituted by one or more fluoro groups.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
- the groups attached to the ortho positions of the second ring are selected from Set 1, as defined above.
- the second ring is selected from Sets 2c and 2d as defined above.
- the first ring is selected from Sets 3 a and 3b, as defined above.
- the third ring is selected from Set 4 as defined above.
- the ligand is selected from Set 5c as defined above.
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of compound mc2 from Set 6c, compound mc13 from Set 6c, compound mc17 from Set 6c, compound mc18 from Set 6c, compound me 19 from Set 6c, compound mc20 from Set 6c, compound mc21 from Set 6c, compound mc22 from Set 6c, compound mc23 from Set 6c, compound mc24 from Set 6c, compound mc36 from Set 6c, compound oa11 from Set 6c, compound mc51b from Set 6c, compound mc52b from Set 6c, compound oa12 from Set 6c, compound oa1 from Set 6c, compound oa2 from Set 6c, compound oa3 from Set 6c, compound oa8b from Set 6c, compound mc46b from Set 6c, compound mc49b from Set 6c, compound mc52b from Set 6c, compound mc53b
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, mc51b, m9-m24, m33-rn48, m57-m1 l4, m117, m1l8, m120, m121, m125, m126, m128, m129, m133, m134, m136, m137, m141, m142, m144, m145, m149, m150, m152, m153, m157, m158, m160, m161, m165, m166, m168, m169, m171-m176, oa10, m
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b.
- the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
- the metal complex comprises a carbene donor.
- the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
- the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
- the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV.
- arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring we mean the molecule obtained by attaching a hydrogen atom to the second ring in place of the first ring.
- the corresponding arene would be 1 ,3-dimethylbenzene.
- the second ring is 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylphenyl,.the corresponding arene would be 1,5-dimethyl-3- phenylbenzene.
- Triplet energies for common arenes and heteroarenes may be found in a variety of reference texts, including "Handbook of Photochemistry" 2 nd edition (S. L. Murov, I. Carmichael, G. L. Hug, eds; Dekker, 1993, New York), or maybe calculated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, by Density Functional Theory (DFT) calculations using Gaussian 98 with the G98/B31yp/cep-31g basis set. Triplet energies greater than about 2.5 eV correspond to triplet transition wavelengths shorter than about 500 nm. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors suppose that in some cases, an excessively low triplet energy on the second ring will either red-shift the phosphorescent emission, or reduce the radiative quantum yield, or both.
- DFT Density Functional Theory
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 230 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 430 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol.
- the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV.
- calculated singlet-triplet gap we mean the difference in energy between the lowest lying singlet excited state and the lowest lying triplet excited state of the metal complex as calculated by Density Functional Theory (DFT) methods using Gaussian 98 with the G98/B31yp/cep-3 Ig basis set.
- DFT Density Functional Theory
- the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV.
- the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.2 eV.
- the calculated singlet- triplet gap is. less than about 0.1 eV.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V.
- reduction potential of the ligand we mean the electrochemical reduction potential in solution for the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. If the ligand is a monoanionic bidentate donor derived from an N-aryl-2-phenylimidazole, the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand" is the N-aryl-2-phenylimidazole.
- the ligand is a neutral donor
- the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand” and the ligand are the same compound, or are tautomers;.if the ligand is a monoanionic donor, then the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand” is the compound wherein the atom of the ligand that is bonded to the metal and bears a formal negative charge in the metal complex has a proton in place of the metal in the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V. In a forty-sixth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a forty-seventh preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V.
- delta E is less than about 0.5 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.4 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.3 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.2 eV.
- the compound is oa10.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide.
- the first ring is an imidazole, benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole. thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ring.
- the metal complex is an organometallic complex. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the first ring is an imidazole coordinated via a first nitrogen. to the metal.
- the second ring is attached to a second nitrogen of the first ring.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu, and Au.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt.
- the metal is Ir.
- the second ring is substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing groups.
- the second ring is substituted by a triphenylene group.
- the second ring is substituted by a group that comprises a carbazole.
- the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups.
- the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups comprising two or more carbons.
- the groups other than H or halide are aryl groups. In a twelfth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are heteroaryl groups. [0195] In a thirteenth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide comprise one or more diarylaminoaryl groups.
- the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
- the compound is homoleptic.
- the compound is heteroleptic.
- the compound is sublitnable.
- the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring also directly bonded to the metal.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
- the third ring is a benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ing.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
- the groups other than H or halide are selected from (i) the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and tert-butyl, or (ii) Set 1 as defined above.
- the second ring is selected from Sets 2a-2d as defined above.
- the first ring is selected from Set 3a, as defined above.
- the third ring is selected from Set 4 as defined above.
- the ligand is selected from Sets 5a-5c as defined above.
- the metal complex is selected from Sets 6a,
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, mc51b, oa10, mc46a, oa8c, mc4b, mc5, mc8, mc9, mc15, mc26b, mc28b, mc29b, mc30b, mc31b, mc32b, mc33b, mc34b, mc35b, mc38b, mc39, mc42b, mc43b, mc44b, mc45b, mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26,
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b.
- the first ring is a benzene ring.
- the first ring is a naphthalene ring.
- the first ring is a quinoline ring.
- the first ring is a isoquinoline ring.
- the first ring is a pyridine ring.
- the first ring is a pyrimidine ring.
- the first ring is a pyridazine ring.
- the first ring is a pyrrole ring.
- the first ring is a oxaole ring.
- the first ring is a tbiazole ring.
- the first ring is a oxadiazole ring.
- the first ring is a thiadiazole ring.
- the first ring is a furan ring.
- the first ring is a thiophene ring.
- the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
- the metal complex comprises a carbene donor.
- the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
- the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
- the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 230 g/mol. In a forty-ninth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 430 g/mol. In a fiftieth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol. In a fifty- first tpreferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol.
- the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV. In a fifty-third preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV. In a fifty-fourth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.2 eV. In a fifty-fifth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.1 e V.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V. In a fifty-seventh preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V. In a fifty -eighth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a sixtieth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V.
- delta E is less than about 0.5 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.4 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.3 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.2 eV.
- the compound is oa10.
- the invention provides a phosphorescent compound.
- the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand.
- the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. This first ring is an imidazole, coordinated via a first nitrogen atom to the metal.
- the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide.
- the metal complex is an organometallic complex. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
- the second ring is attached to a second nitrogen of the first ring.
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re,
- the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt. In a fourth preferred embodiment, the metal is Ir.
- the second ring is substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing groups.
- the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups.
- alkyl groups examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyy, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, 2-ethylhexyl and cyclohexyl.
- the alkyl groups comprise two or more carbon atoms.
- the groups other than H or halide are aryl groups. In an ninth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are heteroaryl groups.
- the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
- the compound is homoleptic.
- the compound is heteroleptic.
- the compound is sublimable.
- the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is also directly bonded to the metal.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
- the third ring is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, and pyrimidyl.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
- the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
- the groups attached to the ortho positions of the second ring are selected from (i) the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and tert-butyl, or (ii) Set 1.
- the second ring is selected from Sets 2a-2d.
- the third ring is selected from Set 3a.
- tile third ring is selected from Set 4.
- the ligand is selected from Sets 5a - 5c.
- the metal complex is selected from Set 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, or 6e.
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b,mc51b, oa10, mc46a, oa8c, mc4b, mc5, mc8, mc9, mc15, mc26b, mc28b, mc29b, mc30b, mc31b, mc32b, mc33b, mc34b, mc35b, mc38b, mc39, mc42b, mc43b, mc44b, mc45b, mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26,
- the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b.
- the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
- the metal complex comprises a carbene donor.
- the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
- the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
- the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than ahout 230 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 430 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding. to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol.
- the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol.
- the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV. In a thirty-fifth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV. In a thirty-sixth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.2 eV. In a thirty-seventh preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.1 eV.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V. In a thirty-ninth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V. In a fortieth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V.
- the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a forty-second preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V.
- delta E is less than about 0.5 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.4 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.3 eV.
- delta E is less than about 0.2 eV.
- the compounds described herein are particularly useful as light-emitting phosphorescent materials in the emissive layer of OLED devices. These devices typically contain an anode, a cathode, and an emissive layer. The emissive layer is located between the anode and the cathode. The emissive layer would comprise the phosphorescent compounds of the invention, and optionally a host.
- the present invention provides a device that addresses issues that arise when an OLED has an electron majority emissive layer.
- An electron majority emissive layer occurs when electrons migrate faster toward the anode side of the emissive layer than holes migrate toward the cathode side of the emissive layer.
- One type of electron majority emissive . layer that is of particular concern is a hole trap, which occurs in some blue phosphorescent devices.
- a hole trap in the emissive layer can be achieved when the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant.
- the holes When holes enter such an emissive layer, the holes accumulate on dopant molecules near the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface. This, in turn, localizes recombination near the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface where excitons may be quenched by the hole transport layer. Localization of recombination can be measured by techniques known in the art, such as by using a. probe doped layer as described in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 11/110,776, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. To avoid localization near the hole transport layer, it is desirable to shift the holes, and thus recombination, further into the emissive layer.
- Hole shifting can be accomplished by a variety of architectural features including, but not limited to, inserting an electron impeding layer, creating a LUMO barrier, using an electron transport layer that is actually a poor electron transporter, inserting a thick organic layer between the emissive layer and the cathode, selecting an emissive layer host material that is a poor electron transporter, selecting a dopant to alter electron mobility of the emissive or transport layers, or otherwise reducing the electron density of the emissive layer.
- One way to lure the holes further into the emissive layer is to include a means for accumulating electrons between the emissive layer and the cathode.
- the accumulation of electrons redistributes the electric field across the emissive layer and forces recombination away from the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface.
- the means for accumulating electrons can be, for example, an electron impeding layer.
- the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; and a means for accumulating electrons between the cathode and the emissive layer.
- the electrons are accumulated at the interface between the first and second organic layer.
- the present invention provides an organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a hole transport layer; an organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant; an electron impeding layer; an electron transport layer; and a cathode disposed, in that order, over a substrate.
- An electron impeding layer is defined as a layer within the device, between the emissive layer and the cathode, that slows the transport of electrons to the emissive layer (EML), that has a current that is comprised of a majority of electrons, and that has a negligible hole current.
- ETL emissive layer
- hole- electron recombination can occur in the ETL. If the ETL is emissive, this recombination leads to undesired emission from the ETL.
- Hole blocking layers HBLs
- HBLs can be differentiated from IMPs because thicker HBLs generally do not restrict electron flow to the extent that recombination occurs in the ETL.
- the contrast between the emission spectra obtained by increasing the thickness of an electron impeding layer versus increasing the thickness of a hole blocking layer is demonstrated by Figures 12 and 13. See Example 2.
- IMP layers generally have relative electron conductivities less than typical hole blocking layers (HBLs), e.g., BAIq 2 , HPT, or BAIq.
- HBLs hole blocking layers
- the IMP layer has a relative electron conductivity that is not more than 0.001 of the electron mobility of Bphen, preferably not more than 0.0005 of the electron mobility of Bphen, and more preferably not more than 0.0001 of the electron mobility of Bphen.
- Suitable materials for the IMP include hole transporting materials and ambipolar materials. Materials can be characterized as hole transporting or ambipolar by fabricating a test OLED with the material in question sandwiched by an emissive HTL on its anode side and by an emissive ETL on its cathode side.
- Suitable test devices for characterizing a material as hole transporting or ambipolar could be fabricated, for example, as follows: CuPc(100 ⁇ )/NPD(300 ⁇ )/material-m-question (300 ⁇ ) / BAlq 2 (400 ⁇ ) / LiF (10 ⁇ ) / Al (1000 ⁇ ) or CuPc(100 ⁇ )/NPD(300 ⁇ )/material-in-question (300 ⁇ )
- Suitable.materials for the electron impeding layer include mCBP, which can be used in combination with many emissive layer materials, such as an emissive layer host that is mCP or mCBP and an emissive dopant that is one of compounds 1-5. See Table 3 and Figure 52.
- mCBP emissive layer host that is mCP or mCBP
- emissive dopant that is one of compounds 1-5. See Table 3 and Figure 52.
- This application is related to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/678,170, filed on May 6, 2005, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/701,929, filed on July 25, 2005, U.S. Provisional Application entitled “IMPROVED STABILITY OLED MATERIALS AND DEVICES,” with Attorney Docket No.: 10052/76103, which was filed on September 20, 2005 and U.S. Utility Application entitled “IMPROVED STABILITY OLED MATERIALS AND DEVICES,” with Attorney Docket No.:
- the charge carrier mobility of a material may be estimated by application of a suitable experimental technique, such as time-of-flight (TOF), space charge limited current (SCLC) measurement, or field-effect (FE) methods, according to standard techniques.
- TOF time-of-flight
- SCLC space charge limited current
- FE field-effect
- an electron impeding layer is a layer between the emissive layer and the cathode that exhibits one or more of the following properties: a) When used in an OLED in combination with a potentially emissive electron transporting layer such as Alq 3 , emission is produced in the electron transporting layer when sufficiently high voltages are provided for much thicker IMP layers.
- the electron transporting layer may not be a material that typically emits when holes are forced into the electron transporting layer.
- the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of a material such that when said material is used in a similar device wherein the first organic layer is Alq 3 , increasing the thickness of the second organic layer will cause emission from the first organic layer.
- the electron impeding material can have a relative electron mobility and/or electron conductivity less than, or substantially less than, typical and specified hole blocking materials, such as Bphen, BAlq 2 , HPT, or BAIq.
- the IMP layer has a relative electron conductivity that, is not more than 0.001 of the electron mobility of Bphen, preferably not more than 0.0005 of the electron mobility of Bphen, and more preferably not more than 0.0001 of the electron mobility of Bphen.
- the electron impeding material can be a hole transporting material, i.e., a material having a hole mobility greater than its electron mobility.
- the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of a material having a hole mobility greater than its electron mobility, such as TCTA, Irppz, NPD, TPD, mCP, and derivatives thereof.
- the electron impeding material can be an ambipolar material.
- the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of an ambipolar material, such as mCBP.
- the emissive dopant has a HOMO that is about -5 eV or higher.
- the HOMO of the electron impeding layer material is at least about 0.5 lower than the HOMO of the emissive dopant. See Fig. 62.
- the band gap of the electron impeding layer material is larger than the band gap of the emissive dopant.
- Figs. 63a and 63b depict an energy level diagram for a device having an exemplary electron impeding layer.
- the electron impeding layer is a neat layer.
- the electron impeding layer has a thickness of about 20 A to about 75 A, preferably about 50 A. If the electron impeding layer is too thin, the layer may not provide a continuous impediment to the electron flow. If the electron impeding layer is too thick, the extra thickness may provide too great an impediment to the electron flow and lead to exciton formation in the first organic layer.
- the present invention provides a device that emits blue light.
- the emissive dopant has a peak in the emission spectra that is less than about 500 nm, preferably less than 450 nm.
- the light emitted preferably has CIE coordinates of (X ⁇ 0.2, Y ⁇ 0.3).
- the emissive dopant is tris N-2,6 dimethylphenyl-2-phenylimidazole, referred to herein as compound 1.
- the device exhibits increased efficiency relative to an otherwise equivalent device without the means for accumulating electrons, e.g., an otherwise equivalent device except that the electron impeding layer is replaced with an electron transport layer.
- a device of the present invention preferably has an unmodified external quantum efficiency is greater than about 5%.
- the device exhibits increased efficiency, increased voltage, and a lifetime that is the same or better relative to an otherwise equivalent device without the means for accumulating electrons, e.g., without the electron impeding layer.
- the OLED comprises an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; a first organic layer disposed between the organic emissive layer and the cathode; a second organic layer disposed between, and in direct contact with, the organic emissive layer and the first organic layer; wherein the second organic layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material.
- CBP 4,4'-N,N-dicarbazole-biphenyl m-MTDATA 4,4',4"-tris(3-methylphenylphenlyamino)triphenylamine
- AIq 3 8-tris-hydroxyquinoline aluminum
- Bphen 4,7-diphenyl- 1 , 10-phenanthroline n-BPhen: n-doped BPhen (doped with lithium)
- F 4 -TCNQ tetrafluoro-tetracyano-quinodimethane
- p-MTDATA p-doped m-MTDATA (doped with F 4 -TCNQ)
- Ir(ppy) 3 tris(2-phenylpyridine)-iridium
- Ir(PPz) 3 tris(1-phenylpyrazoloto,N,C(2')iridium(III)
- TAZ 3-phenyl-4-(r-naphthyl)-5-phenyl-1,2,4-triazole
- CuPc copper phthalocyanine
- ITO indium tin oxide
- NPD N,N'-diphenyl-N-N'-di(1-naphthyl)-benzidine
- TPD N,N'-diphenyl-N-N'-di(3-toly)-benzidine
- BAIq aluminum(III)bis(2-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoIinato)4-phenylphenolate mCP: 1 ,3 -N,N-dicarbazole-benzene
- PEDOT:PSS an aqueous dispersion of poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) with polystyrenesulfonate (PSS) Examples
- a 50ml rounded flask was charged with 1.26 g of 2-phenyl-3-(2,6-dimethyIphenyl)- imidazoline, 938 mg of IrCI 3 , and a mixture of 2-ethoxyethanol (24 mL) and water (6 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the desired product was isolated by filtration.
- a one neck 1000 ml round bottom flask wsa charged pentamethylaniline (36 g, 0.221 mol), 40% aqueous glyoxal (40g, 0.221, mol), and 300 ml methanol.
- the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and then benzaldehyde (47 g, 0.442 mol) and ammonium chloride (23.6 g, 0.442 mmol) were added.
- the mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hour and then 30 ml of phosphoric acid was added.
- the reaction was heated at reflux for 24 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature.
- the methanol was removed by rotary evaporation.
- Ethyl acetate (500 ml) was added and the mixture is made basic with sodium hydroxide and water. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulfate, and the solvent removed. The mixture was purified by silica gel column with an 80% hexane/ethyl acetate to 50% hexane/ethyl acetate gradient as the eluent. The good fractions were combined and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The solid was further purified by vacuum distillation to yield N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-phenylimidazole.
- the solvent was removed and the product was purified by silica gel column (treated with triethylamine) using 95% ethyl acetate/methanol as the eluent.
- the product was crystallized from dichloromethane/hexanes.
- N-(2,6-diphenyl-4-isopropyl phenyl)-2-(4-fluro phenyl)imidazole (0.43 g, 1.0 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (0.12 g, 0.25 mmol) were added to a flask containing 5 mL of ethyleneglycol.
- the reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol.
- N-(2,6-diphenylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole (3.9 g, 10 mmol) and rris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.2 g, 2.5 mmol) were added to a flask containing 40 mL of ethylene glycol.
- the reaction mixture was heated: to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 and further purified by a silica gel column to give oa9 (2.3 g).
- N-(2,4,6-tri(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole (3.3 g, 5.6 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (0.68 g, 1.4 mmol) were added to a flask containing 40 mL of ethylene glycol.
- the reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 and further purified by a silica gel column to give oa8 (1.0 g).
- a 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with dimer (400mg, 0.277mmol), Silver trifluoromethansulfonate (142mg, 0.55 mmol), 10ml of methanol and 10ml of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was transfer to a 50 mL round bottom flask which was charged with potassium tetrapyrazoborate (176mg, 0.554 mmole) and 20ml of anhydrous acetontrile. The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 81 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness.
- the dichloromethane layer was separated, washed with water, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The mixture was filtered, the solvent removed, and the N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4- flurophenyl)imidazolidine purified by vacuum distillation.
- N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazolidine 10 grams, 34 mmol was dissolved in 200 ml acetonitrile.
- a finely ground mixture of 33% potassium permagenate on montmorillonite K10 24 grams, 34 mmol of KMnO 4 ) was added portion wise.
- the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then quenched with ethanol. After stirring for 30 minutes the mixture was filtered through celite and the solvent was then removed from the filtrate by rotary evaporation.
- the product was purified by dissolving in ethyl acetate and washing with a dilute acetic acid solution.
- N-(2.3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazole (5 g, 16.2 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.6 g, 3.2 mmol) were added to a 50 ml round bottom flask and heated to 200°C for 48 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with dichloromethane and purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 30% dichloromethane/hexane as eluent. The good fractions were combined and evaporated. The product was crystallized from ethyl acetate.
- N-(2,4,6-triphenyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazole (2.5 g, 5.4 mmol) and iridium (III) trichloride (0.97 g, 2.7 mmol) were heated to reflux in 25 ml 2-methoxyethanol and 10 ml water for 24 hours. After cooling the solids were filtered and washed with ethanol. Step 2
- Step 2 Synthesis of N-(2.4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophen ⁇ l)imidazoline [0329] To a dried 3L round bottom flask equipped with stirbar was added 55.6g (.276mol) N- (2-chloroethyl)-4-fluorobenzamide. This solid was then dissolved in 600mL anhydrous m- xylene under N 2 atmosphere and light heat. 86.1g (.413mol) phosphorus pentachloride was then added and the mixture was allowed to reflux under N 2 for 2 hours (completely dissolving the PCI 5 ).
- Step 3 Aromatization of N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazoline [0330] 59.2g (.124mol) N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazoline was added to a 2L flask equipped with stirbar. ⁇ 1L MeCN was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. 33% KMnO 4 /Montmorillonite was added in portions (.248rnol) to the stirred mixture over a period of a few hours.
- Step 4 Synthesis of N-(2.4,6-triphenylphenyD-2-(4-fluorophenyl ' )imidazole [0331] 13.36g (28.1mmol) N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole , 14.1g (104mmoL) phenylboronic acid, 2.21g (8.40mmol) triphenylphosphine, 0.63g (2.81mmol) Pd(H) acetate, and 31.4g (228mmol) potassium carbonate were added to a 2L round bottom flask equipped with stir bar and refluxed in 800mL DME/400mL water overnight under N 2 atmosphere.
- Step 5 Ligation to form oa8c
- N-(2- chloroethyl)benzamide (59.4g,0.32mol).
- the solid was dissolved in 600 mL anhydrous m- xylene under nitrogen.
- Phosphorus pentachloride (100.8g, 0.484 mol) was added and the mixture heated to reflux under nitrogen for 2 h (completely dissolving the PCI 5 ).
- the solution was cooled and 117.37 g (0.35 mol) tribromoaniline was added, after which the mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solid imidazoline product was collected and washed with toluene followed by hexanes.
- Step 4 Synthesis of fac-tris[N-(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2-phenyIimidazole] [0336]
- the synthesis, isolation, purification, sublimation and subsequent handling of fac-tris[N- (2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2-phenylimidazole] is conducted in dim room light or with yellow filters over the lights and windows to minimize decomposition.
- To a 100 mL round bottom flask were added Intermediate #3 (4 g, 8.92 mmol), tris(acetylacetonate)iridium (III) (1.24 g, 2.55 mmol) and ethylene glycol (40 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 48 h.
- OLED devices were prepared with compounds listed in Figure 3 using the following general procedures.
- the starting substrates were glass substrates coated with indium tin oxide (ITO) of 80 nm thickness and sheet resistance ⁇ 25 ohms/square, purchased from Colorado Concept Coatings LLC. All subsequent thin films were deposited by thermal evaporation at a pressure of ⁇ 10e-6 Torr.
- the cathode consisted of 10 ⁇ of LiF followed by 1,000 ⁇ of Al. All devices were encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box ( ⁇ 1 ppm of H 2 O and O 2 ) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package.
- the substrates Prior to device fabrication, the substrates were cleaned by sonication in soap solution, rinsed with deionized water, and boiled in isopropanol. After the cleaning procedure, the substrates were dried under an N 2 flow followed by O 2 plasma and UV ozone treatments.
- Organic layers of the OLEDs were sequentially deposited by thermal evaporation from resistively heated alumina crucibles onto the substrates, at room temperature, at a base pressure of ⁇ 10e-6 Torr. The rate of a single-component layer was controlled with one Inficon thickness monitor located close to the substrate. The specific rates for each material are given in Table 1 below. For the two-component emissive layer the rate of the dopant was controlled with an additional crystal monitor located close to the dopant evaporation source. The additional monitor was not exposed to the major flow of the host.
- Figures 4, 5, 24, 33, 43, and 45 list the configurations of the devices that were prepared. The configurations are reported in the following format, exemplified for Device B.
- the devices in Examples 24 and 25 are fabricated in high vacuum ( ⁇ 10 -7 Torr) by thermal evaporation.
- the anode electrode is about 800 ⁇ of indium tin oxide (ITO). Organic layers were deposited at rates between 0.3 to 3.0 ⁇ /s.
- the cathode consists of 10 ⁇ of LiF, deposited at 0.1 ⁇ /s, followed by 1,000 ⁇ of Al, deposited at 2 ⁇ /s. All devices are encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box ( ⁇ 1 ppm of H2O and O 2 ) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package.
- the exemplary emissive dopants are shown in Figure 52.
- Example 24 Specific exemplary devices of the invention (numbered in bold) as well as comparative devices are listed in Table 3. It is understood that the specific methods, materials, conditions, process parameters, apparatus and the like do not necessarily limit the scope of the invention. All thicknesses are measured in angstroms, and dopant concentration are in wt%.
- Fig. 53 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 1, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
- Fig. 54 shows that exemplary devices 1, 3, and 5 have the same or better lifetime relative to comparative devices 2 and 4.
- Fig. 55 shows that for the devices utilizing dopant compound 2, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary device 9 including an electron impeding layer relative to comparative device 10 without such a layer.
- Fig. 56 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 3, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
- Fig. 57 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 4, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
- Fig. 58 shows that the exemplary devices have the same or better lifetime relative to the comparative device.
- Fig. 59 shows that for the devices utilizing dopant compound 5, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary device 17 including an electron impeding layer relative to comparative device 18 without such a layer.
- Example 25 Exemplary devices A-D include an electron impeding layer of variable thickness. Comparative devices E and F include a hole blocking layer of variable thickness.
- Fig. 60 shows that as the thickness of the electron impeding layer increases, the amount of emission in the electron transport layer increases.
- Fig. 61 shows that as the thickness of the hole blocking layer increases, there is no shift in emission.
- Fig. 64 shows a plot of the spectral data obtained for Compound oa10, demonstrating that Compound oa10 is a blue-green phosphorescent emitter with CIE (0.24, 0.54).
- Fig. 65 shows that Device 20 using Compound oa10 has a higher operational stability than Device 19 using Compound 4.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
Abstract
Organic light emitting materials and devices comprising phosphorescent metal complexes comprising ligands comprising aryl or heteroaryl groups substituted at both ortho positions are described. An organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a hole transport layer; an organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant; an electron impeding layer; an electron transport layer; and a cathode disposed, in that order, over a substrate.
Description
IMPROVED STABILITY OLED MATERIALS AND DEVICES
Cross-Reference to Related Applications
[001] This application claims priority of Application No.: 11/592,275, filed on November 3, 2006. The content of this application is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. The contents of the following applications are also incorporated by reference in their entirety: provisional Application No. 60/678,170, filed on May 6, 2005; provisional Application No. 60/701,929, filed on July 25, 2005; provisional Application No. 60/718,336, filed on September 20, 2005; provisional Application No.: 60/844,636, filed on September 15, 2006; and Application No.: 11/241,981, filed on October 4, 2005.
Research Agreements
[002] The claimed invention was made by, on behalf of, and/or in connection with one or more of the following parties to a joint university corporation research agreement: Princeton University, The University of Southern California, and the Universal Display Corporation. The agreement was in effect on and before the date the claimed invention was made, and the claimed invention was made as a result of activities undertaken within the scope of the agreement.
Field of the Invention
[003] The present invention generally relates to organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), and organic compounds used in these devices, as well as phoshorescent OLEDs having an electron impeding layer.
Background
[004] Opto-electronic devices that make use of organic materials are becoming increasingly desirable for a number of reasons. Many of the materials used to make such devices are relatively inexpensive, so organic opto-electronic devices have the potential for cost advantages over inorganic devices. In addition, the inherent properties of organic materials, such as their flexibility, may make them well suited for particular applications such as fabrication on a flexible substrate. Examples of organic opto-electronic devices include organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), organic phototransistors, organic photovoltaic cells, and organic photodetectors. For OLEDs, the organic materials may have performance advantages over
conventional materials. For example, the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
[0005] As used herein, the term "organic" includes polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices. "Small molecule" refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and "small molecules" may actually be quite large. Small molecules may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the "small molecule" class. Small molecules may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. Small molecules may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety. The core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter. A dendrimer may be a "small molecule," and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules. In general, a small molecule has a well-defined chemical formula with a single molecular weight, whereas a polymer has a chemical formula and a molecular weight that may vary from molecule to molecule. As used herein, "organic" includes metal complexes of hydrocarbyl and heteroatom- substituted hydrocarbyl ligands.
[0006] OLEDs make use of thin organic films that emit light when voltage is applied across the device. OLEDs are becoming an increasingly interesting technology for use in applications such as flat panel displays, illumination, and backlighting. Several OLED materials and configurations are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,844,363, 6,303,238, and 5,707,745, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[0007] OLED devices are generally (but not always) intended to emit light through at least one of the electrodes, and one or more transparent electrodes may be useful in an organic optoelectronic devices. For example, a transparent electrode material, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), may be used as the bottom electrode. A transparent top electrode, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,703,436 and 5,707,745, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, may also be used. For a device intended to emit light only through the bottom electrode, the top electrode does not need to be transparent, and may be comprised of a thick and
reflective metal layer having a high electrical conductivity. Similarly, for a device intended to emit light only through the top electrode, the bottom electrode may be opaque and/or reflective. Where an electrode does not need to be transparent, using a thicker layer may provide better conductivity, and using a reflective electrode may increase the amount of light emitted through the other electrode, by reflecting light back towards the transparent electrode. Fully transparent devices may also be fabricated, where both electrodes are transparent. Side emitting OLEDs may also be fabricated, and one or both electrodes may be opaque or reflective in such devices.
[0008] As used herein, "top" means furthest away from the substrate, while "bottom" means closest to the substrate. For example, for a device having two electrodes, the bottom electrode is the electrode closest to the substrate, and is generally the first electrode fabricated. The bottom electrode has two surfaces, a bottom surface closest to the substrate, and a top surface further away from the substrate. Where a first layer is described as "disposed over" a second layer, the first layer is disposed further away from substrate. There may be other layers between the first and second layer, unless it is specified that the first layer is "in physical contact with" the second layer. For example, a cathode may be described as "disposed over" an anode, even though there are various organic layers in between.
[0009] As used herein, "solution processible" means capable of being dissolved, dispersed, or transported in and/or deposited from a liquid medium, either in solution or suspension form.
[0010] As used herein, and as would be generally understood by one skilled in the art, a first "Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital" (HOMO) or "Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital" (LUMO) energy level is "greater than" or "higher than" a second HOMO or LUMO energy level if the first energy level is closer to the vacuum energy level. Since ionization potentials (IP) are measured as a negative energy relative to a vacuum level, a higher HOMO energy level corresponds to an IP having a smaller absolute value (an IP that is less negative). Similarly, a higher LUMO energy level corresponds to an electron affinity (EA) having a smaller absolute value (an EA that is less negative). On a conventional energy level diagram, with the vacuum level at the top, the LUMO energy level of a material is higher than the HOMO energy level of the same material, A "higher" HOMO or LUMO energy level appears closer to the top of such a diagram than a "lower" HOMO or LUMO energy level.
[0011] The development of long-lived blue emissive phosphorescent dopants is recognized as a key unfulfilled objective of current OLED research and development. While phosphorescent OLED devices with emission peaks in the deep blue or near-UV have been demonstrated, the lifetimes of blue-emissive devices exhibiting 100 nits initial luminance have been on the order of several hundred hours (where "lifetime" refers to the time for the luminance to decline to 50% of the initial level, at constant current). For example, iridium(III) complexes of bidentate ligands derived from N-methyl-2-phenylimidazoles can be used to prepare blue OLED devices, but very short lifetimes are observed with these dopants (about 250 hours at 100 nits initial luminescence).
[0012] Since most commercial applications are expected to require lifetimes in excess of 10,000 hours at 200 nits initial luminescence, major improvements in blue phosphorescent OLED device lifetimes are sought.
Summary of the Invention
[0013] We have discovered that OLED devices that incorporate N-(2,6-disubstituted phenyl)-2- phenyl imidazole derived metal complexes can have lifetimes upwards of 5 times longer than devices incorporating the corresponding N-methyl imidazole complexes with the same R2 substituents.
Compound C : R1 = Me; R2 = H; R3 = H Compound A : R2 = H Compound E : R1 = iPr; R2 - H; R3 = H Compound L: R2 = F Compound H: R1 = Me; R2 = H; R3 = 3,5-Me2C6H3 Compound G: R1 = Me; R2 = F; R3 = H Compound K: R1 = Ph; R2 = F; R3 = iPr Compound B: R1 = H; R2 = H; R3 = H
Compound M: R1 = Ph; R2 = H; R3 = Ph
[0014] For example, as shown in Figure 6, the lifetime of the Device V, which incorporated compound C and exhibited an initial luminescence of 830 nits, was about 270 h, while the lifetime of Device T, which incorporated compound A and exhibited an initial luminescence of 810 nits, was only about 44 hours. Even longer lifetimes were observed when the 4-position of 2,6-disubstituted N-phenyl ring was substituted by a 3,5-dimethylphenyl ring, as in compound H (Device PP, Figure 8). In a similar vein, Device XII, which incorporated the deeper blue compound G, was longer lived than Device LLL, which incorporated compound L (Figure 9); Device NNN, which incorporated compound K, was even longer-lived (Figures 46, 48). Since the emission maxima of the 2,6-di-substituted phenyl derivatives were in all cases comparable to those of the corresponding N-methyl derivatives, it was a surprising and unexpected discovery that changing a peripheral group would have such a large impact on device lifetime.
[0015] It is expected that the compounds described herein will be broadly applicable to phosphorescent OLED devices, including those based on small molecule metal complexes, including but not limited to dendridic metal complexes, and polymer-attached or polymer- blended metal complexes, processed by any of a variety of methods, including vapor phase deposition and solution processing methods, wherein the metal complexes in all of these devices may be homoleptic or heteroleptic complexes, wherein the donor atoms may comprise combinations of atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, arsenic, silicon, selenium, or another metal.
[0016] In a first aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is independently substituted at both ortho positions by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl groups. The second ring may be further substituted, and each of the substituents may independently be substituted or unsubstituted. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0017] In a second aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide. The first ring is an imidazole, benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ring. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0018] In a third aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. This first ring is an imidazole, coordinated via a first nitrogen atom to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring
which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the nonradioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0019] Devices incorporating the phosphorescent organometallic compounds are also provided. [0020] This application is also related to U.S. Utility Application entitled "Electron Impeding Layer for High Efficiency Phosphorescent OLEDs," with Attorney Docket No.: 10052/7601, being filed on October 4, 2005. The contents of these applications is. herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In one embodiment, the present invention provides an organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a hole transport layer; an organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant; an electron impeding layer; an electron transport layer; and a cathode disposed, in that order, over a substrate. [0021] Preferably, the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, more preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant. Preferably, the electron impeding layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material such as mCBP.
[0022] Preferably, the device emits blue light. In a specific preferred embodiment, the emissive dopant is compound 1.
[0023] In another embodiment, the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; a first organic layer disposed between the organic emissive layer and the cathode; a second organic layer disposed between, and in direct contact with, the organic emissive layer and the first organic layer; wherein the second organic layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material. [0024] In another embodiment, the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably. about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; a first organic layer disposed between the organic emissive layer and the cathode; a second organic layer disposed between, and in direct contact
with, the organic emissive layer and the first organic layer; wherein the second organic layer has a relative electron mobility not more than 0.001 of the electron mobility of Bphen. Preferably, the second organic layer consists essentially of a material, such that when said material is used in a similar device wherein the first organic layer is Alq3, increasing the thickness of the second organic layer will cause emission from the first organic layer.
[0025] In another embodiment, the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the. anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; and a means for accumulating electrons between the cathode and the emissive layer.
Brief Description of the Drawings
[0026] Figure 1 shows an organic light emitting device having separate electron transport, hole transport, and emissive layers, as well as other layers;
[0027] Figure 2 shows an inverted organic light emitting device that does not have a separate electron transport layer.
[0028] Figure 3 shows the materials definitions used in subsequent figures.
[0029] Figure 4 shows the devices prepared.
[0030] Figure 5 shows the devices prepared.
[0031] Figure 6 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices V and T.
[0032] Figure 7 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices V and XI.
[0033] Figure 8 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices V and PP.
[0034] Figure 9 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices LLL and XL
[0035] Figure 10 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
A and B.
[0036] Figure 11 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
C and D.
[0037] Figure 12 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
E and F.
[0038] Figure 13 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
G, H, I and J.
[0039] Figure 14 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
K to Q.
[0040] Figure 15 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
R and S.
[0041] Figure 16 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
T and U.
[0042] Figure 17 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
V and W.
[0043] Figure 18 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
X.
[0044] Figure 19 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices A, B, E, F and I.
[0045] Figure 20 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices K, L, N, O, P, and Q.
[0046] Figure 21 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices K, R, L, S, and M.
[0047] Figure 22 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices H, J, V and T.
[0048] Figure 23 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for devices U, W and X.
[0049] Figure 24 shows the devices prepared.
[0050] Figure 25 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
Z, BB and EE.
[0051] Figure 26 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for device BB.
[0052] Figure 27 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for device EE.
[0053] Figure 28 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 5 mA/cm2 current density for device Z.
[0054] Figure 29 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
FF, GG, HH and II.
[0055] Figure 30 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices FF and GG.
[0056] Figure 31 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 40 mA/cm2 current density for devices HH and H.
[0057] Figure 32 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
JJ and KK.
[0058] Figure 33 shows the devices prepared.
[0059] Figure 34 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
MM, NN, OO, PP and RR.
[0060] Figure 35 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
UU, W, WW, XX.
[0061] Figure 36 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices MM, NN, OO and PP.
[0062] Figure 37 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices UU, W and WW.
[0063] Figure 38 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
YY, ZZ, AAA and BBB.
[0064] Figure 39 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices YY, ZZ and AAA.
[0065] Figure 40 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
CCC, DDD, EEE, FFF, GGG and HHH.
[0066] Figure 41 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices EEE, GGG and HHH.
[0067] Figure 42 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices EEE, CCC and FFF.
[0068] Figure 43 shows the devices prepared.
[0069] Figure 44 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
III, JJJ and KKK.
[0070] Figure 45 shows the devices prepared.
[0071] Figure 46 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices GG and NNN.
[0072] Figure 47 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for devices
LLL and MMM.
[0073] Figure 48 shows the normalized luminescence as a function of time at 10 mA/cm2 current density for devices MMM and NNN.
[0074] Figure 49 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
XII.
[0075] Figure 50 shows IV, quantum efficiency (QE) vs current (J) and spectral data for device
NNN.
[0076] Fig. 51 shows an organic light emitting device including an electron impeding layer.
[0077] Fig. 52 shows the structures of compounds 1-5.
[0078] Fig. 53 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 1 devices.
[0079] Fig. 54 shows the lifetime at room temperature with 10 mA/cm2 for compound 1 devices.
[0080] Fig. 55 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 2 devices.
[0081] Fig. 56 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 3 devices.
[0082] Fig. 57 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 4 devices.
[0083] Fig. 58 shows the lifetime at room temperature with 10 mA/cm2 for compound 4 devices.
[0084] Fig. 59 shows the external quantum efficiency versus current density for compound 5 devices.
[0085] Fig. 60 shows the emission of devices as the thickness of an electron impeding layers is increased.
[0086] Fig. 61 shows the emission of devices as the thickness of a hole blocking layer is increased.
[0087] Fig. 62 shows exemplary HOMO energy levels for a device having an electron impeding layer.
[0088] Fig. 63 a and Fig. 63b show a device having an electron impeding layer and an energy level diagram for the device.
[0089] Fig. 64 shows the plot of spectral data obtained for for Compound oa10.
[0090] Fig. 65 shows the lifetimes of Devices 19 and 20 operated at a current density of 40 mA/cm2 at room temperature.
Detailed Description
[0091] Generally, an OLED comprises at least one organic layer disposed between and electrically connected to an anode and a cathode. When a current is applied, the anode injects holes and the cathode injects electrons into the organic layer(s). The injected holes and electrons each migrate toward the oppositely charged electrode. When an electron and hole localize on the same molecule, an "exciton," which is a localized electron-hole pair having an excited energy state, is formed. Light is emitted when the exciton relaxes via a photoemissive mechanism. In some cases, the exciton maybe localized on an excimer or an exciplex. Non-radiative mechanisms, such as thermal relaxation, may also occurs but are generally considered undesirable.
[0092] The initial OLEDs used emissive molecules that emitted light from their singlet states ("fluorescence") as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,769,292, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Fluorescent emission generally occurs in a time frame of less than 10 nanoseconds.
[0093] More recently, OLEDs having emissive materials that emit light from triplet states ("phosphorescence") have been demonstrated. Baldo et al., "Highly Efficient Phosphorescent Emission from Organic Electroluminescent Devices," Nature, vol. 395, 151-154, 1998; ("Baldo-I") and Baldo et al., "Very high-efficiency green organic light-emitting devices based on electrophosphorescence," Appl. Phys. Lett:, vol. 75, No. 3, 4-6 (1999) ("Baldo-II"), which are incorporated by reference in their entireties. Phosphorescence may be referred to as a "forbidden" transition because the transition requires a change in spin states, and quantum mechanics indicates that such a transition is not favored. As a result, phosphorescence generally
occurs in a time frame exceeding at least 10 nanoseconds, and typically greater than 100 nanoseconds. If the natural radiative lifetime of phosphorescence is too long, triplets may decay by a non-radiative mechanism, such that no light is emitted. Organic phosphorescence is also . often observed in molecules containing heteroatoms with unshared pairs of electrons at very low temperatures. 2,2'-bipyridine is such a molecule. Non-radiative decay mechanisms are typically temperature dependent, such that an organic material that exhibits phosphorescence at liquid nitrogen temperatures typically does not exhibit phosphorescence at room temperature. But, as demonstrated by Baldo, this problem may be addressed by selecting phosphorescent compounds that do phosphoresce at room temperature. Representative emissive layers include doped or un- doped phosphorescent organometallic materials such as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,303,238; 6,310,360; 6,830,828; and 6,835,469; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002-0182441; and WO-02/074015.
[0094] Generally, the excitons in an OLED are believed to be created in a ratio of about 3:1, i.e., approximately 75% triplets and 25% singlets. See, Adachi et al., "Nearly 100% Internal Phosphorescent Efficiency In An Organic Light Emitting Device," J. Appl. Phys., 9.0, 5.048 (2001), which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In many cases, singlet excitons may readily transfer their energy to triplet excited states via "intersystem crossing," whereas triplet excitons may not readily transfer their energy to singlet excited states. As a result, 100% internal quantum efficiency is theoretically possible with phosphorescent OLEDs. In a fluorescent device, the energy of triplet excitons is generally lost to radiationless decay processes that . heat-up the device, resulting in much lower internal quantum efficiencies. OLEDs utilizing phosphorescent materials that emit from triplet excited states are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 6,303,238, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. [0095] Phosphorescence may be preceded by a transition from a triplet excited state to an intermediate non-triplet state from which the emissive decay occurs. For example, organic molecules coordinated to lanthanide elements often phosphoresce from excited states localized on the lanthanide metal. However, such materials do not phosphoresce directly from a triplet excited state but instead emit from an atomic excited state centered on the lanthanide metal ion. The europium diketonate complexes illustrate one group of these types of species. [0096] Phosphorescence from triplets can be enhanced over fluorescence by confining, preferably through bonding, the organic molecule in close proximity to an atom of high atomic
number. This phenomenon, called the heavy atom effect, is created by a mechanism known as spin-orbit coupling. Such a phosphorescent transition may be observed from an excited metal-to-ligand charge transfer (MLCT) state of an organometallic molecule such as tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium(III). While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the organic metal to carbon bond in an organometallic complex is an especially preferred method of achieving the desired proximity of the organic molecule to an atom of high atomic number. Specifically, in the context of this application, the presence of the organic carbon-metal bond in the organometallic complex may promote greater MLCT character, which can be useful for the production of highly efficient devices.
[0097] As used herein, the term "triplet energy" refers to an energy corresponding to the highest energy .feature discemable in the phosphorescence spectrum of a given material. The highest energy feature is not necessarily the peak having the greatest intensity in the phosphorescence spectrum, and could, for example, be a local maximum of a clear shoulder on the high energy side of such a peak.
[0098] The term "organometallic" as used herein is as generally understood by one of ordinary skill in the art and as given, for example, in "Inorganic Chemistry" (2nd Edition) by Gary L. Miessler and Donald A. Tarr, Prentice Hall (1998). Thus, the term organometallic refers to compounds which have an organic group bonded.to a metal through a carbon-metal bond. This class does not include per se coordination compounds, which are substances having only donor bonds from heteroatoms, such as metal complexes of amines, halides, pseudohalides (CN, etc.), and the like. In practice organometallic compounds may comprise, in addition to one or more carbon-metal bonds to an organic species, one or more donor bonds from a heteroatom. The carbon-metal bond to an organic species refers to a direct bond between a metal and a carbon atom of an organic group, such as phenyl, alkyl, alkenyl, etc., but does not refer to a metal bond to an "inorganic carbon," such as the carbon of CN or CO.
[0099] Fig. 1 shows an organic light emitting device 100. The figures are not necessarily drawn to scale. Device 100 may include a substrate 110, an anode il5, a hole injection layer 120, a hole transport layer 125, an electron blocking layer 130, an emissive layer 135, a hole blocking layer 140, an electron transport layer 145, an electron injection layer 150, a protective layer 155, and a cathode 160. Cathode 160 is a compound cathode having a first conductive layer 162 and
a second conductive layer 164. Device 100 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order.
[0100] Substrate 110 may be any suitable substrate that/provides desired structural properties. Substrate 110 may be flexible or rigid. Substrate 110 may be transparent, translucent or opaque. Plastic and glass are examples of preferred rigid substrate materials. Plastic and metal foils are examples of preferred flexible substrate materials. Substrate 110 may be a semiconductor material in order to facilitate the fabrication of circuitry. For example, substrate 110 may be a silicon wafer upon which circuits are fabricated, capable of controlling OLEDs subsequently deposited on the substrate. Other substrates may be used. The material and thickness of substrate 110 may be chosen to obtain desired structural and optical properties. [0101] Anode 115 may be any suitable anode that is sufficiently conductive to transport holes to the organic layers. The material of anode 115 preferably has a work function higher than about 4 eV (a "high work function material"). Preferred anode materials include conductive metal oxides, such as indium tin oxide (ITO) and indium zinc oxide (IZO), aluminum zinc oxide (AlZnO), and metals. Anode 115 (and substrate 110) may be sufficiently transparent to create a bottom-emitting device. A preferred transparent substrate and anode combination is commercially available ITO (anode) deposited on glass or plastic (substrate). A flexible and transparent substrate-anode combination is disclosed in United States Patent Nos. 5,844,363 and 6,602,540 B2, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties. Anode 115 may be opaque and / or reflective. A reflective anode 115 -may be preferred for some top-emitting devices, to increase the amount of light emitted from the top of the device. The material and thickness of anode 115 may be chosen to obtain desired conductive and optical properties. Where anode 115 is transparent, there may be a range of thickness for a particular material that is thick enough to provide the desired conductivity, yet thin enough to provide the desired degree of transparency. Other anode materials and structures may be used.
[0102] Hole transport layer 125 may include a material capable of transporting holes. Hole transport layer 130 may be intrinsic (undoped), or doped. Doping may be used to enhance conductivity. α-NPD and TPD are examples of intrinsic hole transport layers. An example of a p-doped hole transport layer is m-MTDATA doped with F4-TCNQ at a molar ratio of 50:1, as disclosed in United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other hole transport layers may be used.
[0103] Emissive layer 135 may include an organic material capable of emitting light when a current is passed between anode 115 and cathode 160. Preferably, emissive layer 135 contains a phosphorescent emissive material, although fluorescent emissive materials may also be used. Phosphorescent materials are preferred because of the higher luminescent efficiencies associated with such materials. Emissive layer 135 may also comprise a host material capable of transporting electrons and / or holes, doped with an emissive material that may trap electrons, holes, and / or excitons, such that excitons relax from the emissive material via a photoemissive mechanism. Emissive layer 135 may comprise a single material that combines transport and emissive properties. Whether the emissive material is a dopant or a major constituent, emissive layer 135 may comprise other materials, such as dopants that tune the emission of the emissive material. Emissive layer 135 may include a plurality of emissive materials capable of, in combination, emitting a desired spectrum of light. Examples of phosphorescent emissive materials include Ir(ppy)3. Examples of fluorescent emissive materials include DCM and DMQA. Examples of host materials include AIq3, CBP and mCP. Examples of emissive and host materials are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,303,238 to Thompson et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Emissive material may be included in emissive layer 135 in a number of ways. For example, an emissive small molecule may be incorporated into a polymer. This may be accomplished by several ways: by doping the small molecule into the polymer either as a separate and distinct molecular species; or by incorporating the small molecule into the backbone of the polymer, so as to form a co-polymer; or by bonding the small molecule as a pendant group on the polymer. Other emissive layer materials and structures may be used. For example, a small molecule emissive material may be present as the core of a dendrimer.
[0104] Many useful emissive materials include one or more ligands bound to a metal center. A ligand may be referred to as "photoactive" if it contributes directly to the photoactive properties of an organometallic emissive material. A "photoactive" ligand may provide, in conjunction with a metal, the energy levels from which and to which an electron moves when a photon is emitted. Other ligands may be referred to as "ancillary." Ancillary ligands may modify the photoactive properties of the molecule, for example by shifting the energy levels of a photoactive ligand, but ancillary ligands do not directly provide the energy levels involved in light emission.
A ligand that is photoactive in one molecule may be ancillary in another. These definitions of photoactive and ancillary are intended as non-limiting theories.
[0105] Electron transport layer 145 may include a material capable of transporting electrons. Electron transport layer 145 maybe intrinsic (undoped), or doped. Doping maybe used to enhance conductivity. AIq3 is an example of an intrinsic electron transport layer. An example of an n-doped electron transport layer is BPhen doped with Li at a molar ratio of 1:1, as disclosed in United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other electron transport layers may be used. [0106] The charge carrying component of the electron transport layer may be selected such that electrons can be efficiently injected from the cathode into the LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital) energy level of the electron transport layer. The "charge carrying component" is the material responsible for the LUMO energy level that actually transports electrons. This component may be the base material, or it may be a dopant. The LUMO energy level of an organic material may be generally characterized by the electron affinity of that material and the relative electron injection efficiency of a cathode maybe generally characterized in terms of the work function of the cathode material. This means that the preferred properties of an electron transport layer and the adjacent cathode may be specified in terms of the electron affinity of the charge carrying component of the ETL and the work function of the cathode material. In particular, so as to achieve high electron injection efficiency, the work function of the cathode material is preferably not greater than the electron affinity of the charge carrying component of the electron transport layer by more than about 0.75 eV, more preferably, by not more than about 0.5 eV. Similar considerations apply to any layer into which electrons are being injected. [0107] Cathode 160 may be any suitable material or combination of materials known to the art, such that cathode 160 is capable of conducting electrons and injecting them into the organic layers of device 100. Cathode 160 may be transparent or opaque, and may be reflective. Metals and metal oxides are examples of suitable cathode materials. Cathode 160 may be a single layer, or may have a compound structure. Figure 1 shows a compound cathode 160 having a thin metal layer 162 and a thicker conductive metal oxide layer 164. In a compound cathode, preferred materials for the thicker layer 164 include ITO, IZO, and other materials known to the art. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,703,436, 5,707,745, 6,548,956 B2 and 6,576,134 B2, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, disclose examples of cathodes including compound cathodes having
a thin layer of metal such as Mg:Ag with an overlying transparent, electrically-conductive, sputter-deposited ITO layer. The part of cathode 160 that is in contact with the underlying organic layer, whether it is a single layer cathode 160, the thin metal layer 162 of a compound cathode, or some other part, is preferably made of a material having a work function lower than about 4 eV (a "low work function material"). Other cathode materials and structures may be used.
[0108] Blocking layers may be used to reduce the number of charge carriers (electrons or holes) and / or excitons that leave the emissive layer. An electron blocking layer 130 may be disposed between emissive layer 135 and the hole transport layer 125, to block electrons from leaving emissive layer 135 in the direction of hole transport layer 125. Similarly, a hole blocking layer 140 may be disposed between emissive Iayerl35 and electron transport layer 145, to block holes from leaving emissive layer 135 in the direction of electron transport layer 145. Blocking layers may also be used to block excitons from diffusing out of the emissive layer. The theory and use of blocking layers is described in more detail in United States Patent No. 6,097,147 and United States Patent Application Publication No. 2003-0230980 to Forrest et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0109] As used herein, and as would be understood by one skilled in the art, the term "blocking layer" means that the layer provides a barrier that significantly inhibits transport of charge carriers and/or excitons through the device, without suggesting that the layer necessarily completely blocks the charge carriers and/or excitons. The presence of such a blocking layer in a device may result in substantially higher efficiencies as compared to a similar device lacking a blocking layer. Also, a blocking layer may be used to confine emission to a desired region of an OLED.
[0110] Generally, injection layers are comprised of a material that may improve the injection of charge carriers from one layer, such as an electrode or an organic layer, into an adjacent organic layer. Injection layers may also perform a charge transport function. In device 100, hole injection layer 120 may be any layer that improves the injection of holes from anode 115 into hole transport layer 125. CuPc is an example of a material that may be used as a hole injection layer from an ITO anode 115, and other anodes. In device 100, electron injection layer 150 may be any layer that improves the injection of electrons into electron transport layer 145. LiF / Al is an example of a material that may be used as an electron injection layer into an electron transport
layer from an adjacent layer. Other materials or combinations of materials may be used for injection layers. Depending. upon the configuration of a particular device, injection layers may be disposed at locations different than those shown in device 100. More examples of injection layers are provided in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/931,948 to Lu et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. A hole injection layer may comprise a solution deposited material, such as a spin-coated polymer, e.g., PEDOT:PSS, or it may be a vapor deposited small molecule material, e.g., CuPc or MTDATA.
[0111] A hole injection layer (HIL) may planarize or wet the anode surface so as to provide efficient hole injection from the anode into the hole injecting material. A hole injection layer may also have a charge carrying component having HOMO (Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital) energy levels that favorably match up, as. defined by their herein-described relative ionization potential (IP) energies, with the adjacent anode layer on one side of the HIL and the hole transporting layer on the opposite side of the HIL. The "charge carrying component" is the material responsible for the HOMO energy level that actually transports holes. This component may be the base material of the HDL, or it may be a dopant. Using a doped HIL allows the dopant to be selected for its electrical properties, and the host to be selected for morphological properties such as wetting, flexibility, toughness, etc. Preferred properties for the HIL material are such that holes can be efficiently injected from the anode into the HIL material. In particular, the charge carrying component of the HIL preferably has an IP not more than about 0.7 eV greater that the IP of the anode material. More preferably, the charge carrying component has an EP not more than about 0.5 eV greater than the anode material. Similar considerations apply to any layer into which holes are being injected. HIL materials are further distinguished from conventional hole transporting materials that are typically used in the hole transporting layer of an OLED in that such HIL materials may have a hole conductivity that is substantially less than the hole conductivity of conventional hole transporting materials. The thickness of the HIL of the present invention may be thick enough to help planarize or wet the surface of the anode layer. For example, an HIL thickness of as little as 10 nm may be acceptable for a very smooth anode surface. However, since anode surfaces tend to be very rough, a thickness for the HIL of up to 50 nm may be desired in some cases.
[0112] A protective layer may be used to protect underlying layers during subsequent fabrication processes. For example, the processes used to fabricate metal or metal oxide top
electrodes may damage organic layers, and a protective layer may be used to reduce or eliminate such damage. In device 100, protective layer 155 may reduce damage to underlying organic layers during the fabrication of cathode 160. Preferably, a protective layer has a high carrier mobility for the type of carrier that it transports (electrons in device 100), such that it does not significantly increase the operating voltage of device 100. CuPc, BCP, and various metal phthalocyanines are examples of materials that may be used in protective layers. Other materials or combinations of materials may be used. The thickness of protective layer 155 is preferably thick enough that there is little or no damage to underlying layers due to fabrication processes that occur after organic protective layer 160 is deposited, yet not so thick as to significantly increase the operating voltage of device 100. Protective layer 155 maybe doped to increase its conductivity. For example, a CuPc or BCP protective layer 160 may be doped with Li. A more detailed description of protective layers may be found in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/931,948 to Lu et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0113] Figure 2 shows an inverted OLED 200. The device includes a substrate 210, an cathode 215, an emissive layer 220, a hole transport layer 225, and an anode 230. Device 200 maybe fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. Because the most common OLED configuration has a cathode disposed over the anode, and device 200 has cathode 215 disposed under anode 230, device 200 may be referred to as an "inverted" OLED. Materials similar to those described with respect to device 100 may be used in the corresponding layers of device 200. Figure 2 provides one example of how some layers may be omitted from the structure of device 100.
[0114] The simple layered structure illustrated in Figures 1 and 2 is provided by way of non- limiting example, and it is understood that embodiments of the invention may be used in connection with a wide variety of other structures. The specific materials and structures described are exemplary in nature, and other materials and structures may be used. Functional OLEDs may be achieved by combining the various layers described in different ways, or layers may be omitted entirely, based on design, performance, and cost factors. Other layers not specifically described may also be included. Materials other than those specifically described may be used. Although many of the examples provided herein describe various layers as comprising a single material, it is understood that combinations of materials, such as a mixture of host and dopant, or more generally a mixture, may be used. Also, the layers may have various
sublayers. The names given to the various layers herein are not intended to be strictly limiting. For example, in device 200, hole transport layer 225 transports holes and injects holes into emissive layer 220, and maybe described as a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer. In one embodiment, an OLED may be described as having an "organic layer" disposed between a cathode and an anode. This organic layer may comprise a single layer, or may further comprise multiple layers of different organic materials as described, for example, with respect to Figures 1 and 2.
[0115] Structures and materials not specifically described may also be used, such as OLEDs comprised of polymeric materials (PLEDs) such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,247,190, Friend et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. By way of further example, OLEDs having a single organic layer may be used. OLEDs may be stacked, for example as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,745 to Forrest et al, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The OLED structure may deviate from the simple layered structure illustrated ih Figures 1 and 2. For example, the substrate may include an angled reflective surface to improve out-coupling, such as a mesa structure as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,091,195 to Forrest et al., and / or a pit structure as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,834,893 to Bulovic et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0116] Unless otherwise specified, any of the layers of the various embodiments may be deposited by any suitable method. For the organic layers, preferred methods include thermal evaporation, ink-jet, such as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,013,982 and 6,087,196, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, organic vapor phase deposition (OVPD), such as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,337;102 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety, and deposition by organic vapor jet printing (OVJP), such as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 10/233,470, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other suitable deposition methods include spin coating and other solution based processes. Solution based processes are preferably carried out in nitrogen or an inert atmosphere. For the other layers, preferred methods include thermal evaporation. Preferred patterning methods include deposition through a mask, cold welding such as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,294,398 and 6,468,819, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, and patterning associated with some of the deposition methods such as ink-jet and OVJD. Other methods may also be used. The materials to be deposited may be modified to make them compatible with a particular deposition
method. For example, substituents such as alkyl and aryl groups, branched or unbranched, and preferably containing at least 3 carbons; may be used in small molecules to enhance their ability to undergo solution processing. Substituents having 20 carbons or more may be used, and 3-20 carbons is a preferred range. Materials with asymmetric structures may have better solution processibility than those having symmetric structures, because asymmetric materials may have a lower tendency to recrystallize. Dendrimer substituents may be used to enhance the ability of small molecules to undergo solution processing.
[0117] The molecules disclosed herein may be substituted in a number of different ways without departing from the scope of the invention. For example, substituents maybe added to a compound having three bidentate ligands, such that after the substituents are added, one or more of the bidentate ligands are linked together to form, for example, a tetradentate or hexadentate ligand. Other such linkages may be formed. It is believed that this type of linking may increase stability relative to a similar compound without linking, due to what is generally understood in the art as a "chelating effect." [0118] Devices fabricated in accordance with embodiments of the invention may be incorporated into a wide variety of consumer products, including flat panel displays, computer monitors, televisions, billboards, lights for interior or exterior illumination and / or signaling, heads up displays, fully transparent displays, flexible displays, laser printers, telephones, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), laptop computers, digital cameras, camcorders, viewfinders, micro-displays, vehicles, a large area wall, theater or stadium screen, or a sign. Various control mechanisms may be used to control devices fabricated in accordance with the present invention, including passive matrix and active matrix. Many of the devices are intended for use in a temperature range comfortable to humans, such as IS degrees C to 30 degrees C, and more preferably at room temperature (20 - 25 degrees C).
[0119] The materials and structures described herein may have applications in devices other than OLEDs. For example, other optoelectronic devices such as organic solar cells and organic photodetectors may employ the materials and structures. More generally, organic devices, such as organic transistors, may employ the materials and structures.
[0120] The term "aryl" refers to an aromatic carbocyclic monoradical Unless otherwise specified, the aromatic carbocyclic monoradical may be substituted or unsubstituted. The substituents can be F, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and the like.
[0121] A "hydrocarbyl" group means a monovalent or divalent, linear, branched or cyclic group which contains only carbon and hydrogen atoms. Examples of monovalent hydrocarbyls include the following: C1 - C20 alkyl; C1 - C20 alkyl substituted with one or more groups selected from C1 - C20 alkyl, C3 - C8 cycloalkyl, and aryl; C3 - C8 cycloalkyl; C3 - C8 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more groups selected from C1 - C20 alkyl, C3 - C8 cycloalkyl, and aryl; C6 - C18 aryl; and C6 - C18 aryl substituted with one or more groups selected from C1 - C20 alkyl, C3 - C8 cycloalkyl, and aryl. Examples of divalent (bridging) hydrocarbyls include: -CH2-; -CH2CH2— ; -CH2CH2CH2-; and 1,2-phenylene.
[0122] A "heteroatom" refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Examples of heteroatoms include oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, arsenic, chlorine, bromine, silicon, and fluorine.
[0123] A "heteroaryl" refers to a heterocyclic monoradical that is aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, the aromatic heterocyclic monoradical may be substituted or unsubstituted. The substituents can be F, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and the like. Examples of heteroaryls include 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indenyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, carbazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzothienyl, and the like, and substituted derivatives thereof. [0124] By "ortho positions," we mean the positions on the aryl or heteroaryl group which are adjacent to the point of attachment of the second ring to the first ring, In the case of a six- membered ring aryl group attached via the 1 -position, such as 2,6-dimethylphenyl, the 2- and 6- positions are the ortho positions. In the case of a 5-membered ring heteroaryl group attached via the 1 -position, such as 2,5-diphenylpyrrol-1-yl, the 2- and 5-positions are the ortho positions. Ih the context of this invention, ring fusion at a carbon adjacent to the point of attachment, as in 2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10-ocathydroanthracen-1-yl, is considered to be a type of ortho substitution. [0125] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe that dopant decomposition and excited state quenching are important factors in phosphorescent device failure, and that the enhanced stability the devices of the current invention may be attributed to a combination of steric and electronics effects associated with the ortho-disubstituted aryl or heteroaryl group that comprises the second ring. It is believed that these factors may be of particular importance for blue emitting phosphorescent materials.
[0126] The inventors believe that dopants that are more difficult to rearrange may have longer lifetimes. In particular, the steric bulk associated with the ortho-disubstituted second ring is believed to rigidify the dopant, either through direct intramolecular interactions, or indirectly, by interactions with the surrounding solid state matrix, in such a way as to make it more difficult for the dopant to rearrange, and therefore more difficult for it to decompose. This is because some decomposition routes include as a step a rearrangement of the molecule, and making the rearrangement more difficult may potentially slow decomposition. Ways to make rearrangement more difficult include increasing the steric bulk specifically associated with large substituents on the second ring. It is believed that the presence of an aryl or heteroaryl group at the ortho .positions of the second ring results in intramolecular interactions that rigidify the molecule relative to a molecule not having such ortho substitution, preventing certain types of molecular rearrangement, and thus preventing or making more difficult certain decomposition routes. [0127] It is thought that any large substituent, regardless of position, may interact with the surrounding solid matrix making it more difficult for the molecule to rearrange. It is believed that this mechanism is different from rigidification because it relies on interaction with the host. [0128] The inventors believe that restricting the approach of impurities to the metal center may also extend lifetime. This is because some decomposition may be caused by the chemical reaction of impurities with the metal center. The steric bulk associated with the ortho- disubstituted second ring will also restrict the close approach of reactive impurities to the metal center. Such reactive impurities include, for example, water or diffusible ions that would potentially react with the metal complex and alter the chemical structure of the metal complex. The substituents at the ortho positions of the second ring impede the approach of such impurities. Although any large group may work to impede the approach of impurities, certain positions on the ring may provide greater protection to the metal center. In this regard, the ortho positions may be especially effective in improving the lifetime of the metal center because these substituents are pointing inwards, creating a highly congested environment that impedes approach to the metal center.
[0129] In addition, the substituents at the ortho positions of the compounds according to the invention will also minimize quenching of the dopant excited state by impurities formed upon decomposition by increasing the dopant-to-quencher distance. Moreover, the use of metal complexes having ortho-disubstitution on the second ring will minimize dopant-to-dopant energy
transfer by increasing the dopant-to-dopant distance, thereby minimizing exciton diffusion to decomposition-related quenching impurities.
[0130] It is also believed that the compounds having the ortho-disubstituted second ring will also increase the dihedral angle between the first and second rings, thereby substantially de- conjugating the second ring from the first ring. Electronic effects associated with such de- conjugation are believed to include: (i) a blue-shift of the phosphorescent emission, relative to an otherwise equivalent compound without ortho substitution, and (ii) a de-coupling of the singlet and triplet energies, such that it is possible to lower the energy of the singlet excited state and reduce the electrochemical gap of the dopant without red-shifting the phosphorescent emission. Lowering the singlet energy is expected to reduce the likelihood of singlet excited state decomposition, thereby resulting in improved device lifetimes. Reduction of the dopant electrochemical gap is expected to allow for the fabrication of lower operating voltage OLED devices. Density Functional Theory (DFT) calculations using Gaussian 98 with the G98/B31yp/cep-31g basis set.indicate that certain compounds of the current invention wherein the second ring is substituted with an aryl or heteroaryl ring or with an electron-withdrawing group are characterized by a LUMO which is substantially localized on the second ring and a HOMO which is substantially localized on the metal. These calculations further indicate that the lowest energy singlet transition has substantial metal-centered HOMO to second ring-centered LUMO character, while the lowest energy triplet transition is primarily from a metal-centered- HOMO to a higher-lying unoccupied orbital localized on the those rings directly bonded to the metal. As such, these calculations indicate that it is possible to reduce the LUMO energy of the dopant, and thence the both the singlet excited state energy and electrochemical gap, without reducing the triplet energy and red-shifting the emission. It is a novel feature of this invention to provide a means of minimizing the energy of the singlet excited state of the dopant without reducing the triplet energy. Depending on the substitution pattern, it is expected to be possible to either localize the LUMO of the molecule on the second ring, or to localize the HOMO on the second ring, and in both cases associate the singlet transition with the second ring while localizing the triplet transition on the metal and those groups directly bonded to it. It is understood that whether the LUMO or HOMO is localized on the second ring will depend on the substitution pattern of the entire molecule. In general, however, substitution of the second ring with aryl, heteroaryl or electron-withdrawing groups will tend to lower the energies of the
orbitals associated with the second ring and can be used to localize the LUMO on that ring, while substitution of the second ring with electron donating groups can be used to localize the HOMO on that ring.
[0131] In the context of this invention, by "Set 1", we mean structures d1 - d19:
Set 1
wherein:
R1a-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1a-e may be linked to form a ring.
[0132] By "Set 2a" we mean the group consisting of 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6- trimethylphenyl, 2,3,4,5,6-pentamethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylphenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(4- pyridyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridyl)phenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-3-naphthyl, 2,6- dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(9-carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(9-phenyl-3- carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-dimethyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl)phenyl, and 1,8-dimethyl-9- carbazolyl.
[0133] By "Set 2b" we mean the group consisting of 2,6-di-isopropylphenyl, 2,4,6-tri- isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-phenylphenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(4- pyridyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridyl)phenyl, 2,4-di-isopropyl-3-naphthyI, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-cyanophenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(9-carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(9-
phenyl-3-carbazolyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-isopropyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-cyanophenyl)phenyl,2,6-di-tert- butylphenyl, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-bis(trimethylsilyl)phenyl, 2,6- bis(dimethylphenylsilyl)phenyl, and 2,6-bis(trimethylsilyl)-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-phenyl. [0134] By "Set 2c" we mean the group consisting of 2,6-di-phenylphenyl, 2,6-di(4- isopropylphenyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di(4-isopropylphenyl)-4-methylphenyl, 2,6-di(4- isopropylphenyl)-4-tert-butylphenyl, 2,4,6-triphenylphenyl, 2,6-di-(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(3,5-dimethylphenyi)phenyl, 2,4,6-tri(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-tert- butylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-fluorophenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(9-carbazolyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-(9-phenyl-3-carbazolyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-(4-methoxyphenyl)phenyl, 2,6- diphenyl-4-fluorophenyl, 2,6-di-(2-triphenylenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(2-triphenylenyl)-4- isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-cyanophenyl)-4- isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-2-naphthylphenyl, 2,6-di-(4-phenylphenyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-(3- phenylphenyl)-4-isopropylphenyl, 2,6-di-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4- dimethy]aminophenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4-trimethylsilylphenyl)phenyl, 2,6-di-(4- triphenylsilylphenyl)phenyl, and 2,6-di-(4-diphenylmethylsilylphenyl)phenyl. [0135] By "Set 2d" we mean structures c1 - c9:
Set2d;
wherein:
R1a,e are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbyl comprising two or more carbons, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Rb,d are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; in addition, any two of R1b,d may be linked to form a ring; and
Ar1,2 are each independently aryl or heteroaryl.
[0136] By "Set 3a," we mean the structures f1 - f4: Set 3a
wherein:
Arsr is the second ring;
R1a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R1a,b may be linked to form a ring; and
R2a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl,
heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R2a,b may comprise a group bonded to said metal.
[0137] By "Set 3b," we mean structures f5 - f9:
Set 3b
wherein:
Arsr is the second ring;
R1a-c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1a-c may be linked to form a ring; and
R2a,b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, R2a,b may comprise a group bonded to said metal.
[0138] By "Set 4," we mean structures t1 - t10:
Set 4
Arfr is the first ring;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl; and
R1a-d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1a-d may be linked to form a ring.
[0139] By "Set 5a," we mean structures 11 - 17: Set 5a
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl. [0140] By "Set 5b", we mean structures 120 - 122:
Set 5b
wherein:
R1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1c-i may be linked to form a ring; and
R2a,bare each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbyl comprising two or more carbons, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. [0141] By "Set 5c", we mean structures 140 - 146:
wherein:
R1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl. cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1c-i may be linked to form a ring;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar3a is 4-isopropylphenyl; and
Ar3b is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.
[0142] By "Set 6a," we structures mc3, mc50, mc48, mc25, mc46, mc5, mc4, mc54, mc51, mc26a, mc26, mc39, mc49, mc6, mc9, mc8, mc4b, mc38b, mc15, mc26b, mc28b, mc32b, mc33b, mc34b, mc35b, mc29b, mc30b, mc31b, mc42b, mc43b, mc44b, and mc45b:
Set 6a
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Set 6a, cont'd;
Ar3 is aryl or heteroaxyl; m is 1, 2 or 3; and n is an integer selected to satisfy the valency of the metal.
[0143] By "Set 6b," we mean structures mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, and oa5:
Set 6b
Set 6b, cont'd;
Ar3a is 4-isopropylphenyl; and Ar3b is 3,5-dimethylphenyl.
[0144] By "Set 6c," we mean structures mc1, mc2, mc11, mc12, mc13, mc17, mc18, incl9, mc20, mc21, mc22, mc23, mc24, mc27, mc36, oa11, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa1, oa2, oa3, oa8b, mc14, mc16, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, and mc51b: Set 6c
Set 6c,cont'd;
Set 6c, cont'd;
wherein:
R2a-c and R1a-q are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, and heteroatom substituted" hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R2a-c and R1a-q may be linked to form a ring, provided that if R1a and R2a are linked the ring is a saturated ring;
Ar1*3 are aryl or heteroaryl;
Arsr is the second ring;
Arc is 9-carbazolyl or substituted 9-carbazolyl;
Ln are ancillary ligands, which may be the same or different; m is 1, 2 or 3; n is an integer selected to satisfy the valency of M; and
M is a metal selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, and Au. It will be understood that the aryl groups may be substituted. In certain preferred embodiments, the both ortho positions of the aryl or heteroaryl group of the second ring are substituted with substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl. [0145] By "Set 6d," we mean structures mc40b and mc41b: Set 6d
R1a-i are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrocarbyl, heteroatom substituted hydrocarbyl, cyano, and F; in addition, any two of R1a-i may be linked to form a ring; and
Ar1a,b are aryl or heteroaryl.
[0146] By "Set 6e," we mean structures m1 - m176 in Table 2 below, wherein gs1 , gs2, gs3, gs4, and gs5 are the general structures set forth in Set 7; 3,5-Me2Ph means 3,5-dimethylphenyl; and pip means 1-piperidinyl.
[0147] By "Set 7," we mean structures gs1 - gs5 :
Set 7
Table 2a
[0148] In a first aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is independently substituted at both ortho positions by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl groups. The second ring may be further substituted, and each of the substituents may independently be substituted or unsubstituted. The metal complex is an organometallic complex. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0149] In a first preferred embodiment of the first aspect, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu, and Au. In a second preferred embodiment, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt. In a third preferred embodiment, the metal is Ir.
[0150] In a fourth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by an aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing group. By "electron withdrawing group," we mean a group with a positive value for the Hammett Substituent Constant corresponding to that group. Hammett Substituent Constants are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Hansch, C; Leo, A.; Taft, R. W.; Chem. Rev. 1991, Vol. 91, p. 165). A number of electron withdrawing groups have been reported in the literature as being compatible with OLED devices. Such groups are preferred. Examples of such groups include cyano, 9-carbazolyl, and 1-triazolyl. [0151] In a fifth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by a triphenylene group. In an sixth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by a group that comprises a carbazole.
[0152] In a seventh preferred embodiment, the substituents at the ortho position of the second ring comprise one or more diarylaminoaryl groups.
[0153] In a eighth preferred embodiment, the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
[0154] In a ninth preferred embodiment, the compound is homoleptic.
[0155] In a tenth preferred embodiment, the compound is heteroleptic.
[0156] In a eleventh preferred embodiment, the compound is sublimable. By "sublimable," we mean that the compound has sufficient volatility and thermal stability at elevated temperatures that it can be incorporated into a vapor phase processed OLED device. Typically, this means that more than about a 25% yield of greater than about 98% pure sublimed material can be recovered upon sublimation over a period of at least about several hours at temperatures between about 200 and about 400°C. In some cases, the compound may melt or soften in the process, in which case the process may resemble a distillation.
[0157] In a twelfth preferred embodiment, the second ring is attached to a nitrogen atom of the first ring.
[0158] In an thirteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is an imidazole ring. In a fourteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyrazole ring. In a fifteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a triazole ring. In a sixteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyridine ring.
In a seventeenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a benzene ring.
[0159] In an eighteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is also directly bonded to the metal.
[0160] In a nineteenth preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
[0161] In a twentieth preferred embodiment, the third ring is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, and pyrimidyl.
[0162] In a twenty-first preferred embodiment, the third ring is a phenyl ring substituted by one or more fluoro groups.
[0163] In a twenty-second preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
[0164] In a twenty-third preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
[0165] In an twenty-fourth preferred embodiment, the groups attached to the ortho positions of the second ring are selected from Set 1, as defined above.
[0166] In a twenty-fifth preferred embodiment, the second ring is selected from Sets 2c and 2d as defined above.
[0167] In a twenty-sixth preferred embodiment, the first ring is selected from Sets 3 a and 3b, as defined above.
[0168] In a twenty-seventh preferred embodiment, the third ring is selected from Set 4 as defined above.
[0169] In a twenty-eighth preferred embodiment, the ligand is selected from Set 5c as defined above.
[0170] In an twenty-ninth preferred embodiment, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of compound mc2 from Set 6c, compound mc13 from Set 6c, compound mc17 from Set 6c, compound mc18 from Set 6c, compound me 19 from Set 6c, compound mc20 from Set 6c, compound mc21 from Set 6c, compound mc22 from Set 6c, compound mc23 from Set 6c, compound mc24 from Set 6c, compound mc36 from Set 6c, compound oa11 from Set 6c, compound mc51b from Set 6c, compound mc52b from Set 6c, compound oa12 from Set 6c, compound oa1 from Set 6c, compound oa2 from Set 6c, compound oa3 from Set 6c, compound oa8b from Set 6c, compound mc46b from Set 6c, compound mc49b from Set 6c, compound mc52b from Set 6c, compound mc53b from Set 6c, compound mc5 Ib from Set 6c, compound mc40b from Set 6d and compound mc41b from Set 6d.
[0171] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, mc51b, m9-m24, m33-rn48, m57-m1 l4, m117, m1l8, m120, m121, m125, m126, m128, m129, m133, m134, m136, m137, m141, m142, m144, m145, m149, m150, m152, m153, m157, m158, m160, m161, m165, m166, m168, m169, m171-m176, oa10, mc46a, and oa8c. [0172] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b. [0173] In a thirtieth preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
[0174] In a thirty-first preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a carbene donor. [0001] In a thirty-second preferred embodiment, the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
[0175] In a thirty-third embodiment, the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
[0176] In a thirty-fourth embodiment, the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV. By "arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring", we mean the molecule obtained by attaching a hydrogen atom to the second ring in place of the first ring. For example, when the second ring is 2,6- dimethylphenyl, the corresponding arene would be 1 ,3-dimethylbenzene. Similarly, when the second ring is 2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylphenyl,.the corresponding arene would be 1,5-dimethyl-3- phenylbenzene. Triplet energies for common arenes and heteroarenes may be found in a variety of reference texts, including "Handbook of Photochemistry" 2nd edition (S. L. Murov, I. Carmichael, G. L. Hug, eds; Dekker, 1993, New York), or maybe calculated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, by Density Functional Theory (DFT) calculations using Gaussian 98 with the G98/B31yp/cep-31g basis set. Triplet energies greater than about 2.5 eV correspond to triplet transition wavelengths shorter than about 500 nm. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors suppose that in some cases, an excessively low triplet energy on the second ring will either red-shift the phosphorescent emission, or reduce the radiative quantum yield, or both.
[0177] In a thirty- fifth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 230 g/mol.
[0178] In a thirty-sixth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 430 g/mol.
[0179] In a thirty-seventh second preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol. [0180] In a thirty-eighth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol. [0181] In a thirty-ninth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV. By "calculated singlet-triplet gap" we mean the difference in energy between the lowest lying singlet excited state and the lowest lying triplet excited state of the metal complex as calculated by Density Functional Theory (DFT) methods using Gaussian 98 with the G98/B31yp/cep-3 Ig basis set. In a fortieth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV. In a forty-first preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet
gap is less than about 0.2 eV. In a forty-second preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet- triplet gap is. less than about 0.1 eV.
[0182] In a forty-third preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V. By "reduction potential of the ligand" we mean the electrochemical reduction potential in solution for the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. If the ligand is a monoanionic bidentate donor derived from an N-aryl-2-phenylimidazole, the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand" is the N-aryl-2-phenylimidazole. More generally, if the ligand is a neutral donor, then the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand" and the ligand are the same compound, or are tautomers;.if the ligand is a monoanionic donor, then the "neutral compound corresponding to the ligand" is the compound wherein the atom of the ligand that is bonded to the metal and bears a formal negative charge in the metal complex has a proton in place of the metal in the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. [0183] In a forty-fourth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V. In a forty-fifth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V. In a forty-sixth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a forty-seventh preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V.
[0184] In a forty-eighth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.6 eV; wherein delta E = (triplet energy in eV ) - (modified electrochemical gap in eV); wherein the modified electrochemical gap in eV is equal to is the energy difference associated with one electron crossing the difference in voltage between the oxidation potential of the metal complex and the reduction potential of the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. In a forty-ninth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.5 eV. In a fiftieth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.4 eV. In a fifty-first preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.3 eV. In a fifty-second preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.2 eV. [0185] In certain embodiments, the compound is oa10.
[0186] In a second aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide. The first ring is an imidazole, benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole. thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ring. The metal complex is an organometallic complex. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0187] In a first preferred embodiment of the second aspect, the first ring is an imidazole coordinated via a first nitrogen. to the metal. In a second preferred embodiment, the second ring is attached to a second nitrogen of the first ring.
[0188] In a third preferred, embodiment, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu, and Au. In a fourth preferred embodiment, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt. In a fifth preferred embodiment, the metal is Ir. [0189] In a sixth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing groups.
[0190] In a seventh preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by a triphenylene group.
[0191] In an eighth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by a group that comprises a carbazole.
[0192] In a ninth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups. [0193] In a tenth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups comprising two or more carbons.
[0194] In a eleventh preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are aryl groups. In a twelfth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are heteroaryl groups. [0195] In a thirteenth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide comprise one or more diarylaminoaryl groups.
[0196] In a fourteenth preferred embodiment, the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
[0197] In a fifteenth preferred embodiment, the compound is homoleptic.
[0198] In an sixteenth preferred embodiment, the compound is heteroleptic.
[0199] In a seventeenth preferred embodiment, the compound is sublitnable.
[0200] In a eighteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring also directly bonded to the metal.
[0201] In a nineteenth preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
[0202] In a twentieth preferred embodiment, the third ring is a benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ing.
[0203] In a twenty-first preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
[0204] In a twenty-second preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
[0205] In an. twenty-third preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are selected from (i) the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and tert-butyl, or (ii) Set 1 as defined above.
[0206] In a twenty-fourth preferred embodiment, the second ring is selected from Sets 2a-2d as defined above.
[0207] In a twenty-fifth preferred embodiment, the first ring is selected from Set 3a, as defined above.
[0208] In a twenty-sixth preferred embodiment, the third ring is selected from Set 4 as defined above.
[0209] In a twenty-seventh preferred embodiment, the ligand is selected from Sets 5a-5c as defined above.
[0210] In a twenty-eighth preferred embodiment, the metal complex is selected from Sets 6a,
6b, 6c, 6d, or 6e as defined above,
[0211] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b, mc51b, oa10, mc46a, oa8c, mc4b, mc5, mc8, mc9, mc15, mc26b, mc28b, mc29b, mc30b, mc31b, mc32b, mc33b, mc34b, mc35b, mc38b, mc39, mc42b, mc43b, mc44b, mc45b, mc3,
mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, and m1-m176.
[0212] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b.
[0213] In a twenty-ninth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a benzene ring.
[0214] In a thirtieth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a naphthalene ring.
[0215] In a thirty-first preferred embodiment, the first ring is a quinoline ring.
[0216] In a thirty-second preferred embodiment, the first ring is a isoquinoline ring.
[0217] In a thirty-third preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyridine ring.
[0218] In a thirty-fourth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyrimidine ring.
[0219] In a thirty-fifth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyridazine ring.
[0220] In a thirty-sixth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a pyrrole ring.
[0221] In a thirty-seventh preferred embodiment, the first ring is a oxaole ring.
[0222] In a thirty-eighth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a tbiazole ring.
[0223] In a thirty-ninth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a oxadiazole ring.
[0224] In a fortieth preferred embodiment, the first ring is a thiadiazole ring.
[0225] In a forty-first preferred embodiment, the first ring is a furan ring.
[0226] In a forty-second preferred embodiment, the first ring is a thiophene ring.
[0227] In a forty-third preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
[0228] In a forty-fourth preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a carbene donor.
[0002] In a forty-fifth preferred embodiment, the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
[0229] In a forty-sixth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
[0230] In a forty-seventh preferred embodiment, the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV.
[0231] In a forty-eighth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 230 g/mol. In a forty-ninth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring
is greater than about 430 g/mol. In a fiftieth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol. In a fifty- first tpreferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol.
[0232] In a fifty-second preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV. In a fifty-third preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV. In a fifty-fourth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.2 eV. In a fifty-fifth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.1 e V.
[0233] In a fifty-sixth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V. In a fifty-seventh preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V. In a fifty -eighth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V. In a fifty-ninth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a sixtieth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V. [0234] In a sixtty-first preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.6 eV; wherein delta E = (triplet energy in eV ) — (modified electrochemical gap in eV); wherein the modified electrochemical gap in eV is equal to is the energy difference associated with one electron crossing the difference in voltage between the oxidation potential of the metal complex and the reduction potential of the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. In a sixty-second preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.5 eV. In a sixty- third preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.4 eV. In a sixty- fourth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.3 eV. In a sixty- fourth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.2 eV. [0235] In certain embodiments, the compound is oa10.
[0236] In a third aspect, the invention provides a phosphorescent compound. The phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate,
tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand. The ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal. This first ring is an imidazole, coordinated via a first nitrogen atom to the metal. The first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide. The metal complex is an organometallic complex. The metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
[0237] In a first preferred embodiment, the second ring is attached to a second nitrogen of the first ring.
[0238] In a second preferred embodiment, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re,
Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu, and Au. In a third preferred embodiment, the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt. In a fourth preferred embodiment, the metal is Ir.
[0239] In an fifth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing groups.
[0240] In an sixth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are alkyl groups.
Examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyy, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, 2-ethylhexyl and cyclohexyl. In a seventh preferred embodiment, the alkyl groups comprise two or more carbon atoms.
[0241] In an eighth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are aryl groups. In an ninth preferred embodiment, the groups other than H or halide are heteroaryl groups.
[0242] In a tenth preferred embodiment, the compound has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
[0243] In a eleventh preferred embodiment, the compound is homoleptic.
[0244] In a twelfth preferred embodiment, the compound is heteroleptic.
[0245] In a thirteenth preferred embodiment, the compound is sublimable.
[0246] In a fourteenth preferred embodiment, the first ring is substituted by a third aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is also directly bonded to the metal.
[0247] In a fifteenth preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
[0248] In an sixteenth preferred embodiment, the third ring is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, and pyrimidyl.
[0249] In a seventeenth preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a monoanionic tridentate ligand.
[0250] In a eighteenth preferred embodiment, the first and third rings collectively comprise a neutral bidentate ligand.
[0251] In a nineteenth preferred embodiment, the groups attached to the ortho positions of the second ring are selected from (i) the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and tert-butyl, or (ii) Set 1.
[0252] In a twentieth preferred embodiment, the second ring is selected from Sets 2a-2d. [0253] In a twenty-first preferred embodiment, the third ring is selected from Set 3a. [0254] In a twenty-second preferred embodiment, tile third ring is selected from Set 4. [0255] In a twenty-third preferred embodiment, the ligand is selected from Sets 5a - 5c. [0256] In a twenty-fourth preferred embodiment, the metal complex is selected from Set 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, or 6e.
[0257] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc37, oa9, oa4, oa6, oa8, u6, oa5, mc51b, mc52b, oa12, oa8b, mc46b, mc49b, mc52b, mc53b,mc51b, oa10, mc46a, oa8c, mc4b, mc5, mc8, mc9, mc15, mc26b, mc28b, mc29b, mc30b, mc31b, mc32b, mc33b, mc34b, mc35b, mc38b, mc39, mc42b, mc43b, mc44b, mc45b, mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, and m1 -m176.
[0258] In certain embodiments, the metal complex is selected from the group consisting of: mc3, mc25, mc6, mc4, mc26, mc26a, mc46, mc47, mc54, mc48, mc49, mc50, mc51, mc52, ii1, mc48f, mc37, oa9, oa8, mc46a, oa8c, oa10, oa4, u6, oa5, oa8b, and mc46b. [0259] In a twenty-fifth preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a bidentate, monoanionic, N,N-donor ligand.
[0260] In a twenty-sixth preferred embodiment, the metal complex comprises a carbene donor. In a twenty-seventh preferred embodiment, the carbene donor is part of a bidentate, monoanionic ligand.
[0261] In a twenty-eighth preferred embodiment, the second ring is substituted by groups other than fluoride.
[0262] In a twenty-ninth preferred embodiment, the triplet energy of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 2.5 eV.
[0263] In a thirtieth preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than ahout 230 g/mol. In a thirty-first preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 430 g/mol. In a thirty-second preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding. to the second ring is greater than about 530 g/mol. In a thirty-third preferred embodiment, the molecular weight of the arene or heteroarene corresponding to the second ring is greater than about 750 g/mol.
[0264] In a thirty-fourth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.4 eV. In a thirty-fifth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.3 eV. In a thirty-sixth preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.2 eV. In a thirty-seventh preferred embodiment, the calculated singlet-triplet gap is less than about 0.1 eV.
[0265] In a thirty-eighth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.1 V. In a thirty-ninth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.2 V. In a fortieth preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.3 V. In a forty-first preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.4 V. In a forty-second preferred embodiment, the reduction potential of the ligand is less negative than that of the corresponding ligand with a methyl group in place of the second ring by at least about 0.5 V.
[0266] Ih.a forty-third preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.6 eV; wherein delta E = (triplet energy in eV ) - (modified electrochemical gap in eV); wherein the modified electrochemical gap in eV is equal to is the energy difference associated with one electron crossing the difference in voltage between the oxidation potential of the metal complex and the reduction potential of the neutral compound corresponding to the ligand. In a forty-fourth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.5 eV. In a forty-fifth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.4 eV. In a forty-sixth preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.3 eV. In a forty-seventh preferred embodiment, delta E is less than about 0.2 eV.
[0267] The compounds described herein are particularly useful as light-emitting phosphorescent materials in the emissive layer of OLED devices. These devices typically contain an anode, a cathode, and an emissive layer. The emissive layer is located between the anode and the cathode. The emissive layer would comprise the phosphorescent compounds of the invention, and optionally a host.
[0268] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a device that addresses issues that arise when an OLED has an electron majority emissive layer. An electron majority emissive layer occurs when electrons migrate faster toward the anode side of the emissive layer than holes migrate toward the cathode side of the emissive layer. One type of electron majority emissive . layer that is of particular concern is a hole trap, which occurs in some blue phosphorescent devices. A hole trap in the emissive layer can be achieved when the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant. When holes enter such an emissive layer, the holes accumulate on dopant molecules near the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface. This, in turn, localizes recombination near the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface where excitons may be quenched by the hole transport layer. Localization of recombination can be measured by techniques known in the art, such as by using a. probe doped layer as described in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 11/110,776, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. To avoid localization near the hole transport layer, it is desirable to shift the holes, and thus recombination, further into the emissive layer. Hole shifting can be accomplished by a variety of architectural features including, but not limited to, inserting an electron impeding layer, creating a LUMO barrier, using an electron transport layer that is actually a poor electron transporter, inserting a thick organic layer between the emissive layer and the cathode, selecting an emissive layer host material that is a poor electron transporter, selecting a dopant to alter electron mobility of the emissive or transport layers, or otherwise reducing the electron density of the emissive layer.
[0269] One way to lure the holes further into the emissive layer is to include a means for accumulating electrons between the emissive layer and the cathode. The accumulation of electrons redistributes the electric field across the emissive layer and forces recombination away from the hole transport layer / emissive layer interface. The means for accumulating electrons can be, for example, an electron impeding layer.
[0270] Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention provides an OLED comprising an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; and a means for accumulating electrons between the cathode and the emissive layer. Preferably, the electrons are accumulated at the interface between the first and second organic layer.
[0271] In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides an organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a hole transport layer; an organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant; an electron impeding layer; an electron transport layer; and a cathode disposed, in that order, over a substrate.
[0272] An electron impeding layer (IMP) is defined as a layer within the device, between the emissive layer and the cathode, that slows the transport of electrons to the emissive layer (EML), that has a current that is comprised of a majority of electrons, and that has a negligible hole current. Above a critical thickness (~50Å) of the IMP, electron current is reduced, and hole- electron recombination can occur in the ETL. If the ETL is emissive, this recombination leads to undesired emission from the ETL. Hole blocking layers (HBLs) can be differentiated from IMPs because thicker HBLs generally do not restrict electron flow to the extent that recombination occurs in the ETL. The contrast between the emission spectra obtained by increasing the thickness of an electron impeding layer versus increasing the thickness of a hole blocking layer is demonstrated by Figures 12 and 13. See Example 2.
[0273] IMP layers generally have relative electron conductivities less than typical hole blocking layers (HBLs), e.g., BAIq2, HPT, or BAIq. Preferably, the IMP layer has a relative electron conductivity that is not more than 0.001 of the electron mobility of Bphen, preferably not more than 0.0005 of the electron mobility of Bphen, and more preferably not more than 0.0001 of the electron mobility of Bphen. Suitable materials for the IMP include hole transporting materials and ambipolar materials. Materials can be characterized as hole transporting or ambipolar by fabricating a test OLED with the material in question sandwiched by an emissive HTL on its anode side and by an emissive ETL on its cathode side. Under applied voltage, such a device that contains a hole transporting material will have an EL spectrum dominated by the characteristic ETL EL. Under applied voltage, such a device that contains an ambipolar material
will have an EL spectrum that contains substantial emission from both the HTL and ETL layers. Suitable test devices for characterizing a material as hole transporting or ambipolar could be fabricated, for example, as follows: CuPc(100Å)/NPD(300Å)/material-m-question (300Å) / BAlq2(400Å) / LiF (10Å) / Al (1000Å) or CuPc(100Å)/NPD(300Å)/material-in-question (300Å)
/ Alq3(400Å) / LiF (10Å) / Al (1000Å).
[0274] Suitable.materials for the electron impeding layer include mCBP, which can be used in combination with many emissive layer materials, such as an emissive layer host that is mCP or mCBP and an emissive dopant that is one of compounds 1-5. See Table 3 and Figure 52. This application is related to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/678,170, filed on May 6, 2005, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/701,929, filed on July 25, 2005, U.S. Provisional Application entitled "IMPROVED STABILITY OLED MATERIALS AND DEVICES," with Attorney Docket No.: 10052/76103, which was filed on September 20, 2005 and U.S. Utility Application entitled "IMPROVED STABILITY OLED MATERIALS AND DEVICES," with Attorney Docket No.: 10052/76104, being filed on October 4, 2005. The contents of these applications is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0275] Since the measurement of absolute electron conductivity or mobility tends to vary between laboratories and other experimental conditions, it is generally more reliable to compare the electron mobility of two materials measured in the same experimental setup, i.e., a new material may be tested against a common reference material such as Bphen whose mobility values have been published. The relative measurements can be carried out according to methods reported in the literature, such as: Yasuda, T. et al., Jpn. J. Appl. Phys., VoI 41(9):5626-5629 (2002), Kulkarni, A. et al., Chem. Mater.. 16:4556-4573 (2004), Naka, S., Applied Physics Letters. 76(2): 197- 199 (2000), and Strohriegl, P., et al., Adv. Mater., 14(20): 1439- 1452 (2002). The charge carrier mobility of a material may be estimated by application of a suitable experimental technique, such as time-of-flight (TOF), space charge limited current (SCLC) measurement, or field-effect (FE) methods, according to standard techniques. [0276] One of skill in the art would recognize other combinations of materials that would achieve the electron conductivity contrast and thus be useful for the present invention. As demonstrated by the exemplary combinations, the electron impeding layer can be the same material as the emissive layer host.
[0277] To sum, an electron impeding layer is a layer between the emissive layer and the cathode that exhibits one or more of the following properties: a) When used in an OLED in combination with a potentially emissive electron transporting layer such as Alq3, emission is produced in the electron transporting layer when sufficiently high voltages are provided for much thicker IMP layers. The electron transporting layer may not be a material that typically emits when holes are forced into the electron transporting layer. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of a material such that when said material is used in a similar device wherein the first organic layer is Alq3, increasing the thickness of the second organic layer will cause emission from the first organic layer. b) The electron impeding material can have a relative electron mobility and/or electron conductivity less than, or substantially less than, typical and specified hole blocking materials, such as Bphen, BAlq2, HPT, or BAIq. Preferably, the IMP layer has a relative electron conductivity that, is not more than 0.001 of the electron mobility of Bphen, preferably not more than 0.0005 of the electron mobility of Bphen, and more preferably not more than 0.0001 of the electron mobility of Bphen. c) The electron impeding material can be a hole transporting material, i.e., a material having a hole mobility greater than its electron mobility. Thus, in one embodiment, the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of a material having a hole mobility greater than its electron mobility, such as TCTA, Irppz, NPD, TPD, mCP, and derivatives thereof. d) The electron impeding material can be an ambipolar material. Thus, in one embodiment, the device includes an organic layer consisting essentially of an ambipolar material, such as mCBP.
[0278] In a preferred embodiment, the emissive dopant has a HOMO that is about -5 eV or higher. In another preferred embodiment, the HOMO of the electron impeding layer material is at least about 0.5 lower than the HOMO of the emissive dopant. See Fig. 62. In yet another preferred embodiment, the band gap of the electron impeding layer material is larger than the band gap of the emissive dopant. Figs. 63a and 63b depict an energy level diagram for a device having an exemplary electron impeding layer.
[0279] In a preferred embodiment, the electron impeding layer is a neat layer. [0280] Preferably, the electron impeding layer has a thickness of about 20 A to about 75 A, preferably about 50 A. If the electron impeding layer is too thin, the layer may not provide a continuous impediment to the electron flow. If the electron impeding layer is too thick, the extra thickness may provide too great an impediment to the electron flow and lead to exciton formation in the first organic layer.
[0281] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a device that emits blue light. In a preferred embodiment, the emissive dopant has a peak in the emission spectra that is less than about 500 nm, preferably less than 450 nm. The light emitted preferably has CIE coordinates of (X ≤ 0.2, Y ≤ 0.3). In a specific preferred embodiment, the emissive dopant is tris N-2,6 dimethylphenyl-2-phenylimidazole, referred to herein as compound 1. [0282] In a preferred embodiment, the device exhibits increased efficiency relative to an otherwise equivalent device without the means for accumulating electrons, e.g., an otherwise equivalent device except that the electron impeding layer is replaced with an electron transport layer. A device of the present invention preferably has an unmodified external quantum efficiency is greater than about 5%. In preferred embodiments, the device exhibits increased efficiency, increased voltage, and a lifetime that is the same or better relative to an otherwise equivalent device without the means for accumulating electrons, e.g., without the electron impeding layer.
[0283] In another embodiment, the OLED comprises an anode; a cathode; an organic emissive layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic emissive layer comprising an emissive layer host and an emissive dopant, wherein the HOMO of the emissive layer host is at least about 0.5 eV lower, preferably about 0.5 eV to about 0.8 eV lower, than the HOMO of the emissive dopant; a first organic layer disposed between the organic emissive layer and the cathode; a second organic layer disposed between, and in direct contact with, the organic emissive layer and the first organic layer; wherein the second organic layer consists essentially of a hole transporting material or an ambipolar material.
[0284] It is understood that the various embodiments described herein are by way of example only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, many of the materials and structures described herein may be substituted with other materials and structures .
without deviating from the spirit of the invention. It is understood that various theories as to why the invention works are not intended to be limiting.
Material Definitions
As used herein, abbreviations refer to materials as follows:
CBP: 4,4'-N,N-dicarbazole-biphenyl m-MTDATA 4,4',4"-tris(3-methylphenylphenlyamino)triphenylamine AIq3: 8-tris-hydroxyquinoline aluminum Bphen: 4,7-diphenyl- 1 , 10-phenanthroline n-BPhen: n-doped BPhen (doped with lithium) F4-TCNQ: tetrafluoro-tetracyano-quinodimethane p-MTDATA: p-doped m-MTDATA (doped with F4-TCNQ)
Ir(ppy)3: tris(2-phenylpyridine)-iridium Ir(PPz)3: tris(1-phenylpyrazoloto,N,C(2')iridium(III)
BCP: 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline
TAZ: 3-phenyl-4-(r-naphthyl)-5-phenyl-1,2,4-triazole
CuPc: copper phthalocyanine.
ITO: indium tin oxide
NPD: N,N'-diphenyl-N-N'-di(1-naphthyl)-benzidine
TPD: N,N'-diphenyl-N-N'-di(3-toly)-benzidine
HPT: 2,3,6,7,10,11 -hexaphenyltriphenylene
BAIq: aluminum(III)bis(2-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoIinato)4-phenylphenolate mCP: 1 ,3 -N,N-dicarbazole-benzene
DCM: 4-(dicyanoethylene)-6-(4-dimethylaminostyryl-2-methyl)-4H-pyran
DMQA: N,N'-dimethylquinacridone
PEDOT:PSS : an aqueous dispersion of poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) with polystyrenesulfonate (PSS)
Examples
[0285] Specific representative embodiments of the invention will now be described, including how such embodiments may be made. It is understood that the specific methods, materials, conditions, process parameters, apparatus and the like do not necessarily limit the scope of the invention.
Example 1 Synthesis of fac-mc3
[0286] A 50 mL Schlenk tube flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl phenyl)-2- phenylimidazole (5.30 g, 21 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.96 g, 4.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere and heated at 240 °C for 48 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was washed first with absolute ethanol followed by hexane. The residue was further purified by a silica gel column to give fac-mc3 (3.10 g). The product was further purified by vacuum sublimation. 1H and MS results confirmed the desired compound. λmax of emission = 476, 504 nm (CH2Cl2 solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.21, 0.43), Eox = 0.05 V, irreversible reduction at Epc = -2.85 V (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M nBu4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/ Ag+ reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 2 Synthesis of fac-mc25
[0287] A 50 mL Schlenk tube flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl phenyl)-2-(4-fluoro phenyl)imidazole (8.50 g, 32 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (3.14 g, 6.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere and heated at 240 °C for 48 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was washed first with absolute ethanol followed by hexane. The residue was further purified by a silica gel column to give fac-mc2g (1.60 g). The product was further purified by vacuum sublimation. 1H and MS results confirmed the desired compound, λmax of emission = 456, 486 nm (CH2Cl2 solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.20, 0.32).
Example 3 Synthesis of fac-mc6
[0288] A 50 mL Schlenk tube flask was charged with N-(2,6-diisopropyl phenyl)-2- phenylimidazole (7.60 g, 25 mmol), tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (2.45 g, 5.0 mmol) and tridecane (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere and heated at
240 °C for 48 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was washed first with absolute ethanol followed by hexane. The residue was further purified by a silica gel column to give fac-mc6 (1.5 g). The product was further purified by vacuum sublimation. 1H and MS results confirmed the desired compound. λmax of emission = 476, 504 nm (CH2Cl2 solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.22, 0.43). Example 4 Synthesis of fac-mc4
[0289] A 2-neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl-4- phenylbenzene)-2-phenylimidazole (4.95 g, 15.3 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.25 g, 2.54 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 230 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride, transferred to a 100 mL flask, and evaporated without exposure to light. The residue was further purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% EtOAc/Hexanes as eluent to give fac-mc4 (~1.0g). This product was then recrystallized from diethyl ether. Attempts at sublimation of the dopant were unsuccessful to the thermal properties of the compound. 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound. λmax of emission = 475, 505 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), ClE = (0.20, 0.41), Eox = 0.05 V, quasi-reversible reduction at Epc = -2.9 V (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag+ reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 5 Synthesis of mc3-Cl
[0290] A 50ml rounded flask was charged with 1.26 g of 2-phenyl-3-(2,6-dimethyIphenyl)- imidazoline, 938 mg of IrCI3, and a mixture of 2-ethoxyethanol (24 mL) and water (6 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the desired product was isolated by filtration.
Example 6 Synthesis of mc26
[0291] A 25ml rounded flask was charged with 57 mg of silver (I) oxide, 82mg of 1-(3,4- dimethylphenyl) -3-methyl-benzimidazolate iodide, 118 mg of hi1 and 10 ml of dichloroethane. The reaction was stirred and heated with a heating mantle at 75°C for 6 hours in the dark under nitrogen while protected from light with aluminum foil. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Filtration through Celite using dichloromethane as the eluent was performed to remove the silver(I) salts. A yellow solution was obtained and further purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane as the eluent; the desired product was isolated.
Example 7 Synthesis of fac-mc46
Step 1
[0292] A round bottom flask was charged with a solution of Pd(OAc)2 (134mg, 0.6 rnrnole), mc46i-1 (7.86g, 24mmole), phenylboronic acid(3.7g, 28.8mmole),2 M solution of K2CO3 (32.4ml), triphenylphosphine (630mg, 2.4 mmole) and 50 ml of dimethoxyethane. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 17hrs. Then the mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layers were washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silca gel (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to give mc46i-2 (7g, 90%).
Step2
[0293] A 2-neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged mc46i-2 (1g, 3mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (377mg, 0.77mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a
light nitrogen purge and heated at 200 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride, transferred to a 100 mL flask, and evaporated without exposure to light. The residue was further, purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% EtOAc/Hexanes as eluent to give fac-mc46 (338mg). 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 481 nm, 511 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.21, 0.46), Eox = 0.09 V, irreversible reduction at Epc = -3.1 V (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag+ reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 8 Synthesis of mc47
[0294] A 50 mL round bottom flask was charged mc3-CI (162mg, 1.12mmol), silver trifluoromethansulfonate (576mg,2.24 mmol), 10ml of methanol and 10ml of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was transfer to a 50 mL round bottom flask which was charged with 2-pyrazopyridine(325mg, 2.24mmole), Sodium hydride( 94.2 mg for 60% in mineral oil, 2.35 mmole) and 20ml of anhydrous acetontrile. The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 81 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was further purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 40% EtOAc/ methylene chloride as eluent to give mc47 (700mg). 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 467, 494 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.20, 0.40),
Eox = 0.38 V(i), irreversible reduction at Epc = -3.06 V (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 9 Synthesis of mc54
[0295] A 1-neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)benzene)-2-phenylimidazole (4.5 g, 12.8 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.57 g, 3.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere and heated at 200 °C for 60 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride and purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% dichloromethane/hexanes as eluent. The solvent was removed and the product was then recrystallized from dichloromethane/methanol and filtered yielding 1.4 grams. The material was slurried in hot ethyl acetate and filtered to yield 1.2 grams of bright yellow solid. The material was further purified by sublimation. 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound. λmax of emission = 476 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.23, 0.43).
Example 10 Synthesis of mc48
[0296] A. one neck 3000 ml round bottom flask was charged with pentamethylbenzene (61.2 g, 0.414 mol) and 1 L of dichloromethane. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and nitronium tetrafluoroborate (50 g, 0.376 mol) was added in portions. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temp and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and quenched with 1 liter of water. The layers are allowed to separate and the organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the product was purified by distillation.
Step 2
[0297] A one neck 2000 ml round bottom flask was charged with 50 grams of 1-nitro-2,3,4,5,6- pentamethylbenzene and 1000 ml methanol. A solution of 50 g of ammonium chloride and 200 ml of water was then added. Zinc dust (50 g) was then added in portions. The mixture was allowed to stir for 20 hours. The solids were filtered and the solvent was removed from the mother liquor. The product was purified by silica gel column with dichlormethane as the eluent. The good fractions are combined to yield pentamethylaniline as a white solid.
Step 3
[0298] A one neck 1000 ml round bottom flask wsa charged pentamethylaniline (36 g, 0.221 mol), 40% aqueous glyoxal (40g, 0.221, mol), and 300 ml methanol. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and then benzaldehyde (47 g, 0.442 mol) and ammonium chloride
(23.6 g, 0.442 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hour and then 30 ml of phosphoric acid was added. The reaction was heated at reflux for 24 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The methanol was removed by rotary evaporation. Ethyl acetate (500 ml) was added and the mixture is made basic with sodium hydroxide and water. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with magnesium sulfate, and the solvent removed. The mixture was purified by silica gel column with an 80% hexane/ethyl acetate to 50% hexane/ethyl acetate gradient as the eluent. The good fractions were combined and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The solid was further purified by vacuum distillation to yield N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-phenylimidazole.
Step 4
[0299] A 1 -neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl- benzene)-2-phenylimidazole (5.5 g, 18.9 mmol) andtris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 200 °C for 60 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with dichloromethane and purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using dichlorometharie as eluent. The good fractions were combined and evaporated. The material was dissolved in dichloromethane and isolated by silica gel column chromatography (treated with triethylamine) using 50% dichloromethane/hexanes as the eluent. The product was crystallized from chlorobenzene and hexane to yield 0.85 grams of mc48 as a bright yellow solid. The material was further purified by sublimation. 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 476 nm (dichloromethane solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.23, 0.43).
Example 11 Synthesis of mc49i-1
[0300] A 1-neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl-4- bromobenzene)-2-phenylimidazole (3.0 g, 9.2 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.12 g, 2.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 200 °C for 48 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride and purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% dichloromethane/hexanes as eluent. The good fractions were combined and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The product was then recrystallized from dichloromethane/methanol and filtered yielding 0.17 grams of fac mc49i-l.
Example 12 Synthesis of mc49
[0301] A 1-neck 100 ml round bottom flask was charged with mc49i-1 (0.15 g, 0.13 mmol), 4- pyridineboronic acid, (0.06 g, 0.0.39 mmol), palladium acetate (2 mg, 9x10-6 mol), triphenylphospbine (10 mg, 4x10-5 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.14 g, 1 mmol), 20 ml 1,2- dimethoxyethane, and 10 ml water. The mixture was heated to reflux for 6 hours and then
allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was removed and the product was purified by silica gel column (treated with triethylamine) using 95% ethyl acetate/methanol as the eluent. The product was crystallized from dichloromethane/hexanes.
Example 13 Synthesis of mc50
[0302] A 50mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(p- tolylimidazole (4.50 g, 19mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.87g, 3.81 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated in a sand bath at 200 °C for 96 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride, transferred to a 100 mL flask, and evaporated without exposure to light. The residue was further purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 10% methyelene chloride/hexanes as eluent to give fac-tris[N-(2,6-dimethyl phenyl)-2-p- tolylimidazole]iridium(III) (1.2g). This product was then recrystallized from methylene chloride/hexanes to give 0.80g as yellow crystals. Sublimation of the product yielded 0.42g as yellow crystals. NMR and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound. λmax of emission = 472, 502 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.21, 0.40), Tg = 3.63.8 °C Eox = 0.04 V, Ered = Not Detected (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag+ reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 14 Synthesis of mc51
Step 1
[0303] 55.0g (275mmol) 4-bromo-2,6-dimethylaniline and 39.0g glyoxal (40% solution, 275mmol) were stirred in 500mL methanol in a IL round bottom flask for 16 hours. 68.3g 4- fluorobenzaldehyde (550 mmol) and 29.4g (550mmol) ammonium chloride were then added and the mixture was allowed to achieve reflux for 2 hours. 38.5mL phosphoric acid (85%) was added dropwise over 10 minutes and the mixture continued at reflux for 18 hours. The mixture was then evaporated of methanol and the residue poured into 700mL water. 50% NaOH was added until the pH=9 and the mixture then extracted three times with ethyl acetate in a separatory funnel. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and evaporated of solvent to give a dark residue. The ligand was purified on a large column of silica using a gradient of 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes - 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes. The product fractions were evaporated of solvent and the residue distilled via kugelrohr distillation. The resultant product was recrystallized from hexanes to give 12.5g N-(4-bromo-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4- fluorophenyl)imidazole as a clean white solid. MS confirmed. Step 2
[0304] 8.5g (24.6mmol) N-(4-bromo-2,6-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole, 4.43g (29.5mmol) 3m5-dimethylphenylboronic acid, 0.17g (0.74mmol) palladium (II) acetate, 9.17g (66.5mmol) potassium carbonate and 0.65g (2.46mmol) triphenylphospbine were refiuxed in 350 mL 1,2-dimethoxyethane and 130 mL water for 18 hours under N2 atmosphere. The cooled mixture was then transferred to a separatory funnel whereupon the water was removed. The
organic material was then enriched with ethyl acetate and extracted from water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and evaporated of solvent to give a light residue. The residue was then purified on a silica gel column using 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluent. The pure fractions were evaporated of solvent the solids collected on a funnel with hexanes to give 8.34g N-(2,6-dimethyl-4-{3,5-dimethylphenyl}phenyl)-2-(4-fluoro phenyl)imidazole as a bright white solid. MS confirmed.
[0305] A 50mL round bottom flask was charged with N-(2,6-dimethyl-4- {3,5- dimethylphenyl}phenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole (6.30g, 17mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.67g, 3.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated in a sand bath at 180 °C for 48 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride, transferred to a 100 mL flask, and evaporated without exposure to light. The residue was further purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% Methyelene Chloride/Hexanes as eluent to give fac- tris[N-(2,6-dimethyl-4-{2,5-dimethylphenyl}phenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole]iridium(III) as 1.7g. A repeat of the chromatography gave 1.13g product. The product was then recrystallized three times from methylene chloride/hexanes, methylene chloride/methanol and finally methylene chloride/hexanes to give 0.75g mc51 as a yellow solid. Sublimation of the product yielded a negligible amount of purified material as the solids went into a melt and decomposed during the process. NMR and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 454, 786 nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.19, 0.33).
Example 15 Synthesis of mc52
Step 1
[0306] To a 100mL round bottom flask was added 5.0g (14.2mmol) N-(2,6-dimethyl-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)benzene)-2-phenylimidazole and 2.55g (7.1mmol) iridium chloride hexahydrate in 50mL 2-methoxyethanol and 10 mL water. The mixture was refluxed under N2 atmosphere for 17 hours. The mixture was then cooled, and the solids collected on a filter and rinsed with methanol and hexanes. The amount of chloro-bridged dimer achieved was 6.32g and was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2
[0307] In a 100 mL round bottom flask was dissolved 3.0g (1.62mmol) chloro-bridged dimer in 60mL 1,2-dichloroethane. 1.12g (4.83mmol) silver oxide was then added and the mixture was allowed to reflux for 10 minutes under N2 atmosphere. 1.08g (3.22mmol) 1-phenyl-3-methyl- benzimidazolate iodide was added to the mixture and the mixture was heated for 1 minute at reflux followed by cooling. The mixture was then filtered and the solids rinsed with methylene chloride. The filtrate was then evaporated down and the residue purified on a silica gel column (treated with triethylamine) using 40% methylene chloride/hexanes. The pure fractions were evaporated of solvent and the solids recrystallized from methylene chloride/hexanes to give ~1.8g er-bis[N-(2,6-dimethyl-4-{2,5-dimethylphenyl}phenyl)-2-phenylimidazole]-N- phenyl-3- methylbenzimidazole iridium(III). The solids were then stirred in 1.5 L acetonitrile in a quartz chamber and photoisomerized with 254nm UV light in a rayonet under N2 atmosphere. After 72
hours, photoisomerization to the fac isomer was complete to afford mc52.
Example 16 Synthesis of mc37
Step 1
[0308] 2,6-dibromo-4-isopropyl aniline (87.9 g, 0.3 mol) in EtOH (400 mL) was treated with 40% aq glyoxal (43.5 g, 0.3 mol) for overnight at r.t. A dark brown mixture was formed. NH4CI (32.1 g, 0.6 mol) in 200 mL H2O was added followed by 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (63.6 g, 0.6 mol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h: H3PO4 (42 mL, 85%) was added over a period of 10 min. The mixture was then stirred at reflux for 4 days.. After removal of most of the EtOH, the dark residue was poured onto ice (300 g) and neutralized with aq 50% KOH solution until the pH 9 (about 90 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined and washed with NaHCO3 solution once and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed and the residue was distilled on Aldrich Kugelrohr, first at 135 °C to remove any low boiling point impurities, then to collect fraction at 210 °C. The resulting crude product can be further purified by silica gel column with EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :4) as eluent. Yield is 8.0 g. The ligand was confirmed by GC-MS.
Step 2
[0309] To a 500 mL round flask was added above phenyl imidazole (8.0 g, 18 mmol),phenylboronic acid.(5.4 g, 44 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (0.25 g, 1.1 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.2 g, 4.4 mmol), sodium carbonate (12.6 g, 119 mmol), and 200 mL of DME and 100 mL of water. The reaction was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and further purified by a
silica gel column. Yield is 5.2 g. The ligand was confirmed by GC-MS.
Step 3
[0310] N-(2,6-diphenyl-4-isopropyl phenyl)-2-(4-fluro phenyl)imidazole (0.43 g, 1.0 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (0.12 g, 0.25 mmol) were added to a flask containing 5 mL of ethyleneglycol. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH2Cl2 and further purified by a silica gel column to give fac-tris[N-(2,6-diphenyl-4-isopropyl phenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole]iridium(III) (0.15 g). 1H NMR result confirmed the desired compound. λmax of emission =460, 490 nm, CIE = (0.20, 0.34), Eox = 0.18 V (r), Ered = -3.00 V (q) (vs. Fc+/Fc).
Example 17 Synthesis of oa9
Step 1
[0311] 2,6-dibromoaniline (87.9 g, 0.3 mol) in EtOH (400 mL) was treated with 40% aq glyoxal (43.5 g, 0.3 mol) for overnight at r.t. A dark brown mixture was formed. NH4Cl (32.1 g, 0.6 mol) in 200 mL H2O was added followed by 4-flurobenzadehyde (63.6 g, 0.6 mol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h. H3PO4 (42 mL, 85%) was added over a period of 10 min. The mixture was then stirred at reflux for 4 days. After removal of most of the EtOH, the dark residue was poured onto ice (300 g) and neutralized with aq 50% KOH solution until the pH 9 (about 90 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined and washed with NaHCO3 solution once and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was
removed and the residue was distilled on an Aldrich Kugelrohr, first at 135 °C to remove any low boiling point impurities, then to collect fraction at 220 °C. The resulting crude product can be further purified by silica gel column with EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :4) as eluent. Yield was 7.5. g. The ligand was confirmed by GC-MS.
Step 2
[0312] To a 500 mL round flask was added above phenyl imidazole (7.5 g, 19 mmol), phenylboronic acid (6.1 g, 50 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (0.2S g, 1.25 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.3 g, 5.0 mmol), sodium carbonate (14.3 g, 135 mmol), and 200 mL of DME and 100 mL of water. The reaction was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and further purified by a silica gel column to yield 5.0 g of the desired ligand, the structure of which was confirmed by GC-MS.
Step 3
[0313] N-(2,6-diphenylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole (3.9 g, 10 mmol) and rris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.2 g, 2.5 mmol) were added to a flask containing 40 mL of ethylene glycol. The reaction mixture was heated: to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH2Cl2 and further purified by a silica gel column to give oa9 (2.3 g). 1H NMR confirmed the structure. λmax emission = 462, 492 nm, CIE = (0.21, 0.36).
Example 18 Synthesis of oa8
Step 1
[0314] 2,4,6-tribromoaniline (98.9 g, 0.3 mol) in EtOH (500 mL) was treated with 40% aq glyoxal (43.5 g, 0.3 mol) for overnight at r.t. A dark brown mixture was formed. Solid NH4Cl (32.1 g, 0.6 mol) was added followed by 4-flurobenzadehyde (63.6 g, 0.6 mol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 h. H3PO4 (42 mL, 85%) was added over a period of 10 min. The mixture was then stirred at reflux for 4 days. After removal of most of the EtOH, the dark residue was poured onto ice (300 g) and neutralized with aq 50% KOH solution until the pH 9 (about 90 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined and washed with NaHCO3 solution once and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed and the residue was distilled on an Aldrich Kugelrohr, first at 135 °C to remove any low boiling point impurities, then to collect a fraction at 240 °C. The resulting crude product can be further purified by silica gel column with EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :4) as eluent. Yield was 3.0 g. The ligand was confirmed by GC-MS. Step 2
[0315] To a 500 mL round flask was added above phenyl imidazole (4.0 g, 8.5 mmol), 4- isopropylphenylboronic acid (5.0 g, 30.5 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (0.17 g, 0.76 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.79 g, 0.30 mmol), sodium carbonate (8.73 g, 82 mmol), and 200 mL of
DME and 100 mL of water. The reaction was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and further purified by a silica gel column. Yield was 4.0 g. The ligand was confirmed by GC-MS.
[0316] N-(2,4,6-tri(4-isopropylphenyl)phenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole (3.3 g, 5.6 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (0.68 g, 1.4 mmol) were added to a flask containing 40 mL of ethylene glycol. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 hours. After cooling, the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH2Cl2 and further purified by a silica gel column to give oa8 (1.0 g). 1H NMR result confirmed the desired compound, λmax emission = 460, 490 nm, CIE= (0.20, 0.35). Eox = 0.24 V, Ered = -2.80 V (q) (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag+ reference electrode, and. scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 19 Synthesis of ii1
Step 1
[0317] One 250ml flask was charged with 4-phenyl imidazole (7.08g, 49.12mmole), 2-iodo-m- xylene(9.5g, 40.93mmole), copper (5.721g, 90.046mmole); 18-crown-6 (1.081g, 4.09 mmole), K2CO3 (21.49g, 155.53 mmole) and tetrahydronaphthalene (90ml). Reaction was heated to 180 C for 68hrs. Reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was subjected to kugelrohr distillation and 4g of ligand was obtained.(39%).
Step 2
[0318] One 25ml of flask was charged with ligand (0.82g, 3.339 mmole), IrCl3 (0.6Ig, 1.67 mmole), water (2ml) and 2-ethoxyethanol (8ml). Reaction mixture was heated to 100 C for 20 h.
Reaction was then filtered and the precipitation was collected to the chloro- bridge dimer (0.78g,
65%).
Step 3
[0319] A 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with dimer (400mg, 0.277mmol), Silver trifluoromethansulfonate (142mg, 0.55 mmol), 10ml of methanol and 10ml of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was transfer to a 50 mL round bottom flask which was charged with potassium tetrapyrazoborate (176mg, 0.554 mmole) and 20ml of anhydrous acetontrile. The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 81 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was further purified by chromatography (AI2O3 , basic) using 40% heptane/ methylene chloride as eluent to give target compound (200mg, 37%).1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 427,457,483nm (methylene chloride solution at room temperature).
Example 20 Synthesis of mc46a
Step 1
[0320] As per general procedure to prepare N-2,6-dibromophenyl-2-phenylimidazoles.
Step 2
[0321] A round bottom flask was charged with a solution of Pd(OAc)2 (188mg, 0.84 mmole), dibromo compound (5.12g, 12.9mmole), 3,5-dimethylphenylboronic acid(5.1g, 34 mmole),2 M solution of K2CO3 (45.9ml), triphenylphosphine (881mg, 3.36 mmole) and 90 ml of dimethoxyethane. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 17hrs. Then the mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layers were washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silca gel (10% EtOAc inhexanes) to give ligand (4g, 70%).
Step 3
[0322] A 2-neck 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with ligand (4g, 9.15mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1-12g, 2.28mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a light nitrogen purge and heated at 200 °C for 20 hours. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with methylene chloride, transferred to a 100 mL flask, and evaporated without exposure to light. The residue was further purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 20% EtOAc/Hexanes as eluent to give fac-tris complex (1g). 1H and MS results confirmed the structure of the compound, λmax of emission = 466, 492 nm (methylene
chloride solution at room temperature), CIE = (0.21, 0.38), Eox = 0.17 V (vs. Fc+/Fc, in 0.10M Bun 4NPF6 solution (DMF) with Pt working .and auxiliary electrodes and a non-aqueous Ag/Ag+ reference electrode, and scan rates of 100 mVs-1).
Example 21 Synthesis of mc48f
Step 1
[0323] A one neck 1000 ml round bottom flask was charged with 200 ml of xylenes and N-(2- chlororethyl)-4-flourobenzamide (18.5 g, 92 mmol). Phosphorous pentachloride (28.7 g, 138 mmol) was added slowly and the mixture was then heated to reflux for 1 hour. Pentamethyl aniline (15 g, 92 mmol) was then added and the mixture was allowed to heat at reflux for 18 hours. After cooling, the solids that were formed were collected by vacuum filtration. The solids were dissolved in a mixture or dichloromethane, water, and ammonium hydroxide. The dichloromethane layer was separated, washed with water, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The mixture was filtered, the solvent removed, and the N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4- flurophenyl)imidazolidine purified by vacuum distillation.
Step 2
[0324] N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazolidine (10 grams, 34 mmol) was dissolved in 200 ml acetonitrile. A finely ground mixture of 33% potassium permagenate on montmorillonite K10 (24 grams, 34 mmol of KMnO4) was added portion wise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then quenched with ethanol. After stirring for 30 minutes the mixture was filtered through celite and the solvent was then removed from the
filtrate by rotary evaporation. The product was purified by dissolving in ethyl acetate and washing with a dilute acetic acid solution. After phase separation, the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The mixture was filtered and the solvent removed. The N-(2,3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazole was further purified by column chromatography using 70% hexane/ethyl acetate as the eluent. The good fractions were combined and the solvent removed.
Step 3
[0325] N-(2.3,4,5,6-pentamethyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazole (5 g, 16.2 mmol) and tris(acetylacetonate)iridium(III) (1.6 g, 3.2 mmol) were added to a 50 ml round bottom flask and heated to 200°C for 48 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling, the solidified mixture was dissolved with dichloromethane and purified by silica gel (treated with triethylamine) chromatography using 30% dichloromethane/hexane as eluent. The good fractions were combined and evaporated. The product was crystallized from ethyl acetate.
Example 22 Synthesis of oa8c
Step 1
[0326] N-(2,4,6-triphenyl-benzene)-2-(4-flurophenyl)imidazole (2.5 g, 5.4 mmol) and iridium (III) trichloride (0.97 g, 2.7 mmol) were heated to reflux in 25 ml 2-methoxyethanol and 10 ml water for 24 hours. After cooling the solids were filtered and washed with ethanol.
Step 2
[0327] The chloro bridged dimer (2.0 g, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in 100 ml 1 ,2-dichloroethane and heated to reflux. Silver oxide (0.8 g, 3.4 mmol) was.added.followed by 1-phenyl-3-methyl- imidazolium iodide (0.50 g, 1.7 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for about 20 minutes. The filtrate was then evaporated down and the residue purified on a silica gel column (treated with triethylamine) using dichloromethane as the eluent The pure fractions were evaporated of solvent and the solids recrystallized from methylene chloride/hexanes.
Example 23 Synthesis of oa8c
Step 1 : Synthesis of N-(2-chloroethyl)-4-fluorobenzamide
[0328] In a 1L round bottom flask, 50.4g sodium hydroxide (1.26mol) was dissolved in 500mL water (~10% solution). 66.6g (.574mol) 2-chloroethylamine hydrochloride was then added and the solution stirred in an ice bath at 0°C until the salt was completely dissolved. 100g (.63 lmol) 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride was then added dropwise via ah addition funnel into the vigorously stirred solution. After addition, the solution stirred at 0°C for 1 hour followed by stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. The cloudy mixture was then filtered to remove the water and the solids washed with ether and then filtered to give ~118g crude (slightly wet) benzamide (Alternatively, the solids could be dissolved in methylene chloride, dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to completely remove water from the solids). These solids were recrystallized from 120ml EtOAc/200mL hexanes to give 88.2g crystalline N-(2-chloroethyl)-4-fluorobenzamide
after hexanes wash and drying (an additional 6.22g benzamide recrystallized from the original water mother liquor). NMR confirmed the structure of this compound (81.4% total yield).
Step 2: Synthesis of N-(2.4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenγl)imidazoline [0329] To a dried 3L round bottom flask equipped with stirbar was added 55.6g (.276mol) N- (2-chloroethyl)-4-fluorobenzamide. This solid was then dissolved in 600mL anhydrous m- xylene under N2 atmosphere and light heat. 86.1g (.413mol) phosphorus pentachloride was then added and the mixture was allowed to reflux under N2 for 2 hours (completely dissolving the PCI5). The solution was then cooled whereupon 100g (.303mol) tribromoaniline was added (Additionally, a base trap was attached to the condenser to neutralize generating HCl gas). This mixture was allowed to reflux for 20 hours. The solution was then allowed to cool and the imidazoline collected on a filter and washed with toluene followed by hexanes. The solids were then dissolved in methylene chloride and extracted with diluted NH4OH twice. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated of solvent to give ~65g imidazoline. Recrystallization was achieved from methylene chloride/hexanes. NMR confirmed the structure of this compound.
Step 3: Aromatization of N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazoline [0330] 59.2g (.124mol) N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazoline was added to a 2L flask equipped with stirbar. ~1L MeCN was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. 33% KMnO4/Montmorillonite was added in portions (.248rnol) to the stirred mixture over a period of a few hours. After stirring overnight, the mixture was quenched with 200 mL EtOH and then poured over a celite mat to remove the oxidant. The filtrate was evaporated of solvent and the residue purified on a silica gel column using 20% EtOAc/MeCl2 as eluent.. The product fractions were evaporated of solvent to give 18.8g crude imidazole recrystallized from MeCl2/Hexanes (17.4g, 29.4% yield). The product was confirmed by NMR.
Step 4: Synthesis of N-(2.4,6-triphenylphenyD-2-(4-fluorophenyl')imidazole [0331] 13.36g (28.1mmol) N-(2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole , 14.1g (104mmoL) phenylboronic acid, 2.21g (8.40mmol) triphenylphosphine, 0.63g (2.81mmol) Pd(H) acetate, and 31.4g (228mmol) potassium carbonate were added to a 2L round bottom flask
equipped with stir bar and refluxed in 800mL DME/400mL water overnight under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was then cooled,, added .to a separatory funnel and the water removed. The organic mixture was then enriched with 800mL EtOAc and extracted with 2 x 400mL portions of water. The organic layer was then dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated of solvent. Next, the residue was solubilized with 200mL MeCl2 and dried on silica. This silica was then layered on top of a silica gel column that was eluted with a gradient of 30% EtOAc/hexanes - 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The pure fractions, after evaporation of solvent, gave 9.3g N-(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)imidazole upon recrystallization from CH2Cl2/hexanes (71.0% yield). The product was confirmed by NMR.
Step 5: Ligation to form oa8c
[0332] The ligand from the preceding step was used to prepare oa8c following the procedure of
Example 20.
Step 1: Synthesis of Intermediate #1
[0333] To a dried 2 L round bottom flask equipped with mechanical stirring was added N-(2- chloroethyl)benzamide (59.4g,0.32mol). The solid was dissolved in 600 mL anhydrous m- xylene under nitrogen. Phosphorus pentachloride (100.8g, 0.484 mol) was added and the mixture heated to reflux under nitrogen for 2 h (completely dissolving the PCI5). The solution was cooled and 117.37 g (0.35 mol) tribromoaniline was added, after which the mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solid imidazoline
product was collected and washed with toluene followed by hexanes. The resultant crude product was dissolved in methylene chloride and, washed twice with dilute aq NH4OH. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 106 g of Intermediate #1 (71 %).
Step 2: Synthesis of Intermediate #2
[0334] Potassium permanganate (43.6 g) and basic aluminum oxide (65 g) were ground together in a mortar until a fine homogeneous power was obtained. To a solution of Intermediate #1 (55.73 g, 0.121 mol) in CH3CN, KMnO4-Al2O3 (108.6g) was added portion-wise and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Ethanol (500 mL) was added to reduce excess oxidant. After stirring for an additional 1 h, the mixture was filtered through a short pad of Celite and the solid washed with CH3CN (500 mL). The filtrate was evaporated and the resulting crude material was purified by chromatography on SiO2 to obtain Intermediate #2, N- (2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-phenylimidazole (18;2 g, 33%).
Step 3: Synthesis of Intermediate #3
[0335] To a 500 mL flask was added above Intermediate #2 (18.25 g, 39.93 mmol), phenylboronic acid (19.47 g, 159.7 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (873 mg, 3.89 mmol), triphenylphosphine (4.084 g, 15.57 mmol), potassium carbonate ( 212 mL of a 2 M aqueous solution, 425 mmol), and 240 mL of dimethoxyethane. The reaction was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 h. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and iurther purified by a silica gel column. Yield was 17 g (95%). GC-MS and NMR analyses confirmed the structure.
Step 4: Synthesis of fac-tris[N-(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2-phenyIimidazole] [0336] The synthesis, isolation, purification, sublimation and subsequent handling of fac-tris[N- (2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2-phenylimidazole] is conducted in dim room light or with yellow filters over the lights and windows to minimize decomposition. To a 100 mL round bottom flask were added Intermediate #3 (4 g, 8.92 mmol), tris(acetylacetonate)iridium (III) (1.24 g, 2.55 mmol) and ethylene glycol (40 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 48 h. After cooling, the precipitate which formed was isolated by filtration and
washed with ethanol. The crude product was further purified by a silica gel column, using silica gel that had been washed with a solution of triethylamine in hexanes (20:80), and recrystallized from dichloromethane / methanol to afford fac-tris[N-(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-2- phenylimidazole.
Device Fabrication Examples
[0337] OLED devices were prepared with compounds listed in Figure 3 using the following general procedures.
[0338] The starting substrates were glass substrates coated with indium tin oxide (ITO) of 80 nm thickness and sheet resistance <25 ohms/square, purchased from Colorado Concept Coatings LLC. All subsequent thin films were deposited by thermal evaporation at a pressure of <10e-6 Torr. The cathode consisted of 10 Å of LiF followed by 1,000 Å of Al. All devices were encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box (<1 ppm of H2O and O2) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package. [0339] Prior to device fabrication, the substrates were cleaned by sonication in soap solution, rinsed with deionized water, and boiled in isopropanol. After the cleaning procedure, the substrates were dried under an N2 flow followed by O2 plasma and UV ozone treatments. [0340] Organic layers of the OLEDs were sequentially deposited by thermal evaporation from resistively heated alumina crucibles onto the substrates, at room temperature, at a base pressure of <10e-6 Torr. The rate of a single-component layer was controlled with one Inficon thickness monitor located close to the substrate. The specific rates for each material are given in Table 1 below. For the two-component emissive layer the rate of the dopant was controlled with an additional crystal monitor located close to the dopant evaporation source. The additional monitor was not exposed to the major flow of the host.
Table 1
[0341] Figures 4, 5, 24, 33, 43, and 45 list the configurations of the devices that were prepared. The configurations are reported in the following format, exemplified for Device B.
Device B: CuPc(100)/NPD(300)/CBP:CmPd A(6%,300)/HPT(100)/BAlq2(300)
The definitions for materials CuPc, NPD, CBP, HPT, and BAlq2 have been given above; the structure of Compound A (abbreviated as "cmpd A") is given in Figure 3. The numbers in parentheses refer to the thickness of the layer in Angstroms, and the percentage after cmpd A . refers to the weight percent of compound A in that layer.
[0342] Current- voltage measurements were made with a Keithley source meter (model 2400). Spectra and light intensity were measured using a PhotoResearch 705 Model Spectrophotometer . and calibrated photodiode. Figures 6-23, 25-32, 34-42, 44, and 46-48 depict the performance of the devices.
[0343] The devices in Examples 24 and 25 are fabricated in high vacuum (<10-7 Torr) by thermal evaporation. The anode electrode is about 800 Å of indium tin oxide (ITO). Organic layers were deposited at rates between 0.3 to 3.0 Å/s. The cathode consists of 10 Å of LiF, deposited at 0.1 Å/s, followed by 1,000 Å of Al, deposited at 2 Å/s. All devices are encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box (<1 ppm of H2O and O2) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package. The exemplary emissive dopants are shown in Figure 52.
[0344] Example 24: Specific exemplary devices of the invention (numbered in bold) as well as comparative devices are listed in Table 3. It is understood that the specific methods, materials, conditions, process parameters, apparatus and the like do not necessarily limit the scope of the invention. All thicknesses are measured in angstroms, and dopant concentration are in wt%.
Table 3: Exemplary Devices and Comparative Devices
[0345] Fig. 53 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 1, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
(devices 1, 3, 5, 6, and 8) relative to comparative devices without such a layer (devices 2, 4, and
7, shown by fully open symbols). Fig. 54 shows that exemplary devices 1, 3, and 5 have the same or better lifetime relative to comparative devices 2 and 4.
[0346] Fig. 55 shows that for the devices utilizing dopant compound 2, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary device 9 including an electron impeding layer relative to comparative device 10 without such a layer.
[0347] Fig. 56 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 3, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
(devices 11 and 12) relative to comparative device 13 without such a layer.
[0348] Fig. 57 shows that among the devices utilizing dopant compound 4, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary devices including an electron impeding layer
(devices 14 and 16) relative to comparative device 15 without such a layer. Fig. 58 shows that the exemplary devices have the same or better lifetime relative to the comparative device.
[0349] Fig. 59 shows that for the devices utilizing dopant compound 5, the external quantum efficiency is higher for the exemplary device 17 including an electron impeding layer relative to comparative device 18 without such a layer.
[0350] Example 25: Exemplary devices A-D include an electron impeding layer of variable thickness. Comparative devices E and F include a hole blocking layer of variable thickness.
Table 4: Exemplary Devices and Comparative Devices
[0351] Fig. 60 shows that as the thickness of the electron impeding layer increases, the amount of emission in the electron transport layer increases.
[0352] Fig. 61 shows that as the thickness of the hole blocking layer increases, there is no shift in emission.
[0353] Fig. 64 shows a plot of the spectral data obtained for Compound oa10, demonstrating that Compound oa10 is a blue-green phosphorescent emitter with CIE (0.24, 0.54). [0354] Fig. 65 shows that Device 20 using Compound oa10 has a higher operational stability than Device 19 using Compound 4.
[0355] All of the above publications, patents and patent applications are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0356] While the present invention is described with respect to particular examples and preferred embodiments, it is understood that the present invention is not limited to these examples and embodiments. The present invention as claimed therefore includes variations from the particular examples and preferred embodiments described herein, as will be apparent to one of skill in the art.
Claims
1. A phosphorescent compound, wherein the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand; wherein the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal; wherein the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring that is not directly bonded to the metal and is substituted at both ortho positions by substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl or heteroaryl groups;
wherein the metal complex is an organometallic complex; and wherein the metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
2. The compound according to Claim 1 , wherein the metal is selected from the group consisting of Re, Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt, Cu and Au.
3. The compound according to Claim 2, wherein the metal is selected from the group consisting of Os, Ir, and Pt.
4. The compound according to Claim 3, wherein the metal is Ir.
5. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the second ring is further substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or electron withdrawing groups.
6. The compound according to Claim 5, wherein the second ring is substituted by a triphenylene group.
7. The compound according to Claim 5, wherein the second ring is substituted by a group that comprises a carbazole.
8. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the substituents at the ortho positions of the second ring are diarylaminoaryl groups.
9. The compound according to Claim 1, which has a highest energy peak in a phosphorescence emission spectrum at a wavelength less than about 480 nm.
10. The compound according to Claim 1, which is a homoleptic compound.
11. The compound according to Claim 1, which is a heteroleptic compound.
12. The compound according to Claim 1, which is a sublimable compound.
13. The compound according to Claim 1 , wherein the second ring is attached to a nitrogen atom of the first ring.
14. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the first ring is an imidazole ring.
15. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the first ring is a pyrazole ring.
16. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the first ring is a triazole ring.
17. The compound according to Claim 1 , wherein the first ring is a pyridine ring.
18. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein the first ring is a benzene ring.
19. A phosphorescent compound, wherein the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bi dentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate ligand; wherein the ligand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal; wherein the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal and which is substituted at both orfho positions by groups other than H or halide; wherein the first ring is an imidazole, benzene, naphthalene, quinoline, isoc[uinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, furan, or thiophene ring; wherein the metal complex is an organometallic complex; and wherein the metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
20. A phosphorescent compound, wherein the phosphorescent compound is a neutral metal complex of a monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, tetradentate, pentadentate, or hexadentate Iigand; wherein the Iigand comprises at least one first aryl or heteroaryl ring directly bonded to the metal; wherein the first ring is substituted by a second aryl or heteroaryl ring which is not directly bonded to the metal arid which is substituted at both ortho positions by groups other than H or halide; wherein the first ring is an imidazole coordinated via a first nitrogen atom to the metal;
wherein the metal complex is an organometallic complex; and wherein the metal is selected from the group consisting of the non-radioactive metals with atomic numbers greater than 40.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/592,275 US7902374B2 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2006-11-03 | Stability OLED materials and devices |
US11/592,275 | 2006-11-03 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008054584A1 true WO2008054584A1 (en) | 2008-05-08 |
Family
ID=38834976
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2007/020796 WO2008054584A1 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2007-09-25 | Improved stability oled materials and devices |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US7902374B2 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI412571B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2008054584A1 (en) |
Cited By (86)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP1988143A4 (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2009-11-25 | Konica Minolta Holdings Inc | Organic electroluminescence element, white light emitting element, display device and illuminating device |
WO2011024737A1 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2011-03-03 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Iridium complex and light emitting material formed from same |
WO2011051404A1 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2011-05-05 | Basf Se | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and use thereof in organic electronics |
WO2013038929A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element material having silicon-containing four membered ring structure, and organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013038843A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013038804A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013088934A1 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2013-06-20 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element material and organic electroluminescent element using same |
WO2013137001A1 (en) | 2012-03-12 | 2013-09-19 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014002629A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2014-01-03 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element and material for organic electroluminescence element |
WO2014009425A1 (en) | 2012-07-12 | 2014-01-16 | Chiesi Farmaceutici S.P.A. | Inhibition of enzymes |
WO2014013936A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 | 2014-01-23 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014050904A1 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-03 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Compound for organic electroluminescent elements, and organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014097813A1 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2014-06-26 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electrical field light-emitting element |
EP3056504A1 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2016-08-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3061763A1 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2016-08-31 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3098229A1 (en) | 2015-05-15 | 2016-11-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3101021A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2016-12-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3124488A1 (en) | 2015-07-29 | 2017-02-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3159350A1 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2017-04-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3205658A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2017-08-16 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3231809A2 (en) | 2016-04-11 | 2017-10-18 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
US9831435B2 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2017-11-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Composite material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
EP3261146A2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2017-12-27 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3261147A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2017-12-27 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3270435A2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2018-01-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3297051A1 (en) | 2016-09-14 | 2018-03-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3301088A1 (en) | 2016-10-03 | 2018-04-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Condensed pyridines as organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3305796A1 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2018-04-11 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3321258A1 (en) | 2016-11-09 | 2018-05-16 | Universal Display Corporation | 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds |
EP3323822A1 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2018-05-23 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3345914A1 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-11 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3354654A2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2018-08-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3381927A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2018-10-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3401318A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-14 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3418286A1 (en) | 2017-06-23 | 2018-12-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3444258A2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2019-02-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3489243A1 (en) | 2017-11-28 | 2019-05-29 | University of Southern California | Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices |
EP3492480A2 (en) | 2017-11-29 | 2019-06-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3492528A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
WO2019114608A1 (en) * | 2017-12-14 | 2019-06-20 | 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 | Transition metal complex, polymer, mixture, composition and use thereof |
US10424745B2 (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2019-09-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Organometallic complex, light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device |
WO2019181465A1 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2019-09-26 | 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element |
EP3613751A1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2020-02-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3690973A1 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2020-08-05 | University Of Southern California | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3689889A1 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2020-08-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3715353A1 (en) | 2019-03-26 | 2020-09-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3750897A1 (en) | 2019-06-10 | 2020-12-16 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3771717A1 (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2021-02-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3778614A1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3816175A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3845545A1 (en) | 2020-01-06 | 2021-07-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3858945A1 (en) | 2020-01-28 | 2021-08-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
US11107995B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2021-08-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Organic compound, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
EP3937268A1 (en) | 2020-07-10 | 2022-01-12 | Universal Display Corporation | Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters |
EP4001287A1 (en) | 2020-11-24 | 2022-05-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4001286A1 (en) | 2020-11-24 | 2022-05-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4016659A1 (en) | 2020-11-16 | 2022-06-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4019526A1 (en) | 2018-01-26 | 2022-06-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4039692A1 (en) | 2021-02-03 | 2022-08-10 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4053137A1 (en) | 2021-03-05 | 2022-09-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4056578A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-14 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4059915A2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4060758A2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4059941A1 (en) | 2021-03-15 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4074723A1 (en) | 2021-04-05 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4075530A1 (en) | 2021-04-14 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4075531A1 (en) | 2021-04-13 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters |
EP4079743A1 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2022-10-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4086266A1 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2022-11-09 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4112701A2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2023-01-04 | University of Southern California | Molecular alignment of homoleptic iridium phosphors |
EP4151699A1 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4185086A1 (en) | 2017-07-26 | 2023-05-24 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4212539A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-07-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4231804A2 (en) | 2022-02-16 | 2023-08-23 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4242285A1 (en) | 2022-03-09 | 2023-09-13 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4265626A2 (en) | 2022-04-18 | 2023-10-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4282863A1 (en) | 2022-05-24 | 2023-11-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4293001A1 (en) | 2022-06-08 | 2023-12-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4299693A1 (en) | 2022-06-28 | 2024-01-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4326030A1 (en) | 2022-08-17 | 2024-02-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362631A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362630A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362645A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4369898A1 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-15 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4376583A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4386065A1 (en) | 2022-12-14 | 2024-06-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
Families Citing this family (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2439867B (en) * | 2005-03-15 | 2009-11-11 | Isis Innovation | Light emitting highly branched dendrimers |
US9051344B2 (en) * | 2005-05-06 | 2015-06-09 | Universal Display Corporation | Stability OLED materials and devices |
US8007927B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2011-08-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Dibenzothiophene-containing materials in phosphorescent light emitting diodes |
US8586204B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2013-11-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Phosphorescent emitters and host materials with improved stability |
EP2007781B1 (en) * | 2006-04-04 | 2012-09-12 | Basf Se | Transition metal complexes comprising one noncarbene ligand and one or two carbene ligands and their use in oleds |
JP5103781B2 (en) * | 2006-04-20 | 2012-12-19 | コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 | COMPOUND, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT CONTAINING THE COMPOUND, AND LIGHTING DEVICE |
JP2010034528A (en) * | 2008-06-23 | 2010-02-12 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Composition and light-emitting element using the same |
JP5591800B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2014-09-17 | ユニバーサル・ディスプレイ・コーポレーション | Hole transport material containing triphenylene |
KR101913462B1 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2018-10-30 | 유니버셜 디스플레이 코포레이션 | Hole transport materials having a sulfer-containing group |
US20100033082A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-11 | General Electric Company | Method of Manufacture of a Multi-Layer Phosphorescent Organic Light Emitting Device, and Articles Thereof |
US8174000B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2012-05-08 | Universal Display Corporation | Liquid compositions for inkjet printing of organic layers or other uses |
US7893430B2 (en) * | 2009-02-26 | 2011-02-22 | Battelle Memorial Institute | OLED devices |
EP2333862B1 (en) * | 2009-03-13 | 2014-09-17 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Process for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element |
US8187916B2 (en) | 2009-06-17 | 2012-05-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Liquid compositions for inkjet printing of organic layers or other uses |
US9087622B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-07-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Nitrile solvent composistions for inkjet printing of organic layers |
US9156870B2 (en) * | 2010-02-25 | 2015-10-13 | Universal Display Corporation | Phosphorescent emitters |
JP5747736B2 (en) * | 2011-03-01 | 2015-07-15 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element, display device and lighting device |
US9437833B2 (en) | 2011-08-30 | 2016-09-06 | Konica Minolta, Inc. | Organic electroluminescence element |
WO2013031794A1 (en) * | 2011-09-02 | 2013-03-07 | コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element, display device, and illumination device |
JP6102740B2 (en) * | 2011-09-20 | 2017-03-29 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element, lighting device and display device |
JP5880274B2 (en) * | 2012-05-21 | 2016-03-08 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element, lighting device and display device |
US9773985B2 (en) * | 2012-05-21 | 2017-09-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
US9978958B2 (en) * | 2012-08-24 | 2018-05-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Phosphorescent emitters with phenylimidazole ligands |
JP6396297B2 (en) * | 2012-08-29 | 2018-09-26 | ドンジン セミケム カンパニー リミテッド | White light emitting quantum dots |
WO2014033050A1 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2014-03-06 | Solvay Sa | Transition metal complexes comprising asymmetric tetradentate ligands |
WO2014033044A1 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2014-03-06 | Solvay Sa | Transition metal complexes comprising symmetric tetradentate ligandas |
KR102092706B1 (en) * | 2013-09-02 | 2020-04-16 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Composition, organic light-emitting display apparatus comprising the composition and the manufacturing method of the organic light-emitting display apparatus |
US9666822B2 (en) * | 2013-12-17 | 2017-05-30 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Extended OLED operational lifetime through phosphorescent dopant profile management |
GB2535795A (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2016-08-31 | Cambridge Display Tech Ltd | Ink |
CN104835919A (en) * | 2015-05-26 | 2015-08-12 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Electroluminescent device and preparation method thereof, display substrate and display device |
KR102454951B1 (en) | 2017-01-16 | 2022-10-17 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Organic light emitting device |
JP6468314B2 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2019-02-13 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element, lighting device and display device |
TWI655214B (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2019-04-01 | 元智大學 | Polymer materials and organic light-emitting diodes using the same |
US20210074934A1 (en) * | 2019-09-10 | 2021-03-11 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
CN112916210B (en) * | 2021-03-22 | 2022-06-24 | 广西科技大学 | Application method of novel triphenylamine olefin compound in zinc oxide ore flotation |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2004101707A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2004-11-25 | Isis Innovation Limited | Organic phosphorescent material and organic optoelectronic device |
US20050031903A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2005-02-10 | Soo-Jin Park | Iridium compound and organic electroluminescent device using the same |
Family Cites Families (42)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4769292A (en) | 1987-03-02 | 1988-09-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Electroluminescent device with modified thin film luminescent zone |
GB8909011D0 (en) | 1989-04-20 | 1989-06-07 | Friend Richard H | Electroluminescent devices |
US5707745A (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1998-01-13 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Multicolor organic light emitting devices |
US6548956B2 (en) | 1994-12-13 | 2003-04-15 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Transparent contacts for organic devices |
US5703436A (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1997-12-30 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Transparent contacts for organic devices |
KR100462723B1 (en) | 1996-08-12 | 2004-12-20 | 더 트러스티즈 오브 프린스턴 유니버시티 | Flexible orgarnic light emitting device and method of preparing thereof |
US5844363A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1998-12-01 | The Trustees Of Princeton Univ. | Vacuum deposited, non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices |
US6013982A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 2000-01-11 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Multicolor display devices |
US5834893A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1998-11-10 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | High efficiency organic light emitting devices with light directing structures |
US6091195A (en) | 1997-02-03 | 2000-07-18 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Displays having mesa pixel configuration |
US6303238B1 (en) | 1997-12-01 | 2001-10-16 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | OLEDs doped with phosphorescent compounds |
US6337102B1 (en) | 1997-11-17 | 2002-01-08 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Low pressure vapor phase deposition of organic thin films |
US6087196A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 2000-07-11 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Fabrication of organic semiconductor devices using ink jet printing |
US6097147A (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2000-08-01 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Structure for high efficiency electroluminescent device |
US6830828B2 (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2004-12-14 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Organometallic complexes as phosphorescent emitters in organic LEDs |
GB9822963D0 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 1998-12-16 | Agner Erik | Improvements in or relating to chromatography |
US6310360B1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-10-30 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Intersystem crossing agents for efficient utilization of excitons in organic light emitting devices |
US6294398B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2001-09-25 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Method for patterning devices |
US6821645B2 (en) | 1999-12-27 | 2004-11-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Light-emitting material comprising orthometalated iridium complex, light-emitting device, high efficiency red light-emitting device, and novel iridium complex |
US6939624B2 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2005-09-06 | Universal Display Corporation | Organometallic compounds and emission-shifting organic electrophosphorescence |
AUPR211400A0 (en) * | 2000-12-15 | 2001-01-25 | Koppers-Hickson Timber Protection Pty Limited | Material and method for treatment of timber |
KR100916231B1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2009-09-08 | 더 트러스티즈 오브 프린스턴 유니버시티 | Materials and devices for blue phosphorescence based organic light emitting diodes |
US7071615B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2006-07-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Transparent electrodes |
US7431968B1 (en) * | 2001-09-04 | 2008-10-07 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Process and apparatus for organic vapor jet deposition |
US6835469B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2004-12-28 | The University Of Southern California | Phosphorescent compounds and devices comprising the same |
US20030230980A1 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-18 | Forrest Stephen R | Very low voltage, high efficiency phosphorescent oled in a p-i-n structure |
DE10238903A1 (en) | 2002-08-24 | 2004-03-04 | Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh | New heteroaromatic rhodium and iridium complexes, useful in electroluminescent and/or phosphorescent devices as the emission layer and for use in solar cells, photovoltaic devices and organic photodetectors |
WO2004039781A1 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2004-05-13 | Takasago International Corporation | Platinum complexes |
JP4891615B2 (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2012-03-07 | 出光興産株式会社 | Metal complex compound and organic electroluminescence device using the same |
TWI245068B (en) | 2003-11-18 | 2005-12-11 | Chi Mei Optoelectronics Corp | Iridium complex as light emitting material and organic light emitting diode device |
WO2005083033A1 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2005-09-09 | Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. | Material for organic electroluminescence element, organic electroluminescence element, display device and illumination device |
TWI237524B (en) | 2004-05-17 | 2005-08-01 | Au Optronics Corp | Organometallic compound and organic electroluminescent device including the same |
US7393599B2 (en) * | 2004-05-18 | 2008-07-01 | The University Of Southern California | Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands |
US7655323B2 (en) * | 2004-05-18 | 2010-02-02 | The University Of Southern California | OLEDs utilizing macrocyclic ligand systems |
US20060008670A1 (en) | 2004-07-06 | 2006-01-12 | Chun Lin | Organic light emitting materials and devices |
US7709100B2 (en) | 2004-07-07 | 2010-05-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Electroluminescent efficiency |
US20060006792A1 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2006-01-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Flat panel light emitting devices with two sided |
TWI260339B (en) | 2004-10-07 | 2006-08-21 | Au Optronics Corp | Organometallic compound and organic electroluminescent device including the same |
EP1858906A4 (en) * | 2005-03-01 | 2009-04-15 | Agency Science Tech & Res | Solution processed organometallic complexes and their use in electroluminescent devices |
US7807275B2 (en) * | 2005-04-21 | 2010-10-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Non-blocked phosphorescent OLEDs |
US9051344B2 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2015-06-09 | Universal Display Corporation | Stability OLED materials and devices |
US8148891B2 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2012-04-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Electron impeding layer for high efficiency phosphorescent OLEDs |
-
2006
- 2006-11-03 US US11/592,275 patent/US7902374B2/en active Active
-
2007
- 2007-09-25 WO PCT/US2007/020796 patent/WO2008054584A1/en active Application Filing
- 2007-10-04 TW TW096137342A patent/TWI412571B/en active
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2004101707A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2004-11-25 | Isis Innovation Limited | Organic phosphorescent material and organic optoelectronic device |
US20050031903A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2005-02-10 | Soo-Jin Park | Iridium compound and organic electroluminescent device using the same |
Cited By (120)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8778506B2 (en) | 2006-02-20 | 2014-07-15 | Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. | Organic electroluminescent element, white light emission element, full color display device and lighting device |
EP1988143A4 (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2009-11-25 | Konica Minolta Holdings Inc | Organic electroluminescence element, white light emitting element, display device and illuminating device |
WO2011024737A1 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2011-03-03 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Iridium complex and light emitting material formed from same |
CN102741265B (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2015-12-09 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Mix and join arbine complex and the purposes in organic electronic product thereof |
CN102741265A (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2012-10-17 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and use thereof in organic electronics |
US11871654B2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2024-01-09 | Udc Ireland Limited | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and the use thereof in organic electronics |
US11189806B2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2021-11-30 | Udc Ireland Limited | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and the use thereof in organic electronics |
WO2011051404A1 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2011-05-05 | Basf Se | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and use thereof in organic electronics |
JP2013509380A (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2013-03-14 | ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア | Heteroleptic carbene complexes and uses thereof in organic electronics |
US10424745B2 (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2019-09-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Organometallic complex, light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device |
US10535823B2 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2020-01-14 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Composite material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
US9831435B2 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2017-11-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Composite material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
US10121972B2 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2018-11-06 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Composite material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
WO2013038804A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013038929A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element material having silicon-containing four membered ring structure, and organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013038843A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2013088934A1 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2013-06-20 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element material and organic electroluminescent element using same |
WO2013137001A1 (en) | 2012-03-12 | 2013-09-19 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014002629A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2014-01-03 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element and material for organic electroluminescence element |
WO2014009425A1 (en) | 2012-07-12 | 2014-01-16 | Chiesi Farmaceutici S.P.A. | Inhibition of enzymes |
WO2014013936A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 | 2014-01-23 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014050904A1 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-03 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Compound for organic electroluminescent elements, and organic electroluminescent element |
WO2014097813A1 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2014-06-26 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Organic electrical field light-emitting element |
EP3056504A1 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2016-08-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3061763A1 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2016-08-31 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3098229A1 (en) | 2015-05-15 | 2016-11-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3101021A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2016-12-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3124488A1 (en) | 2015-07-29 | 2017-02-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3159350A1 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2017-04-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3760635A1 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2021-01-06 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3858842A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2021-08-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3205658A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2017-08-16 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4122941A1 (en) | 2016-04-11 | 2023-01-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3231809A2 (en) | 2016-04-11 | 2017-10-18 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3843171A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2021-06-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3261146A2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2017-12-27 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3261147A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2017-12-27 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3758084A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2020-12-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3270435A2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2018-01-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3920254A1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2021-12-08 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4349935A2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2024-04-10 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
US11107995B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2021-08-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Organic compound, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device |
EP3297051A1 (en) | 2016-09-14 | 2018-03-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3323822A1 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2018-05-23 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3301088A1 (en) | 2016-10-03 | 2018-04-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Condensed pyridines as organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3305796A1 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2018-04-11 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3858844A1 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2021-08-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3321258A1 (en) | 2016-11-09 | 2018-05-16 | Universal Display Corporation | 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds |
EP3789379A1 (en) | 2016-11-09 | 2021-03-10 | Universal Display Corporation | 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds |
EP4092036A1 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2022-11-23 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3354654A2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2018-08-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3689890A1 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2020-08-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4212540A1 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2023-07-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3345914A1 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-11 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3730506A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2020-10-28 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3381927A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2018-10-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3985012A1 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2022-04-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3401318A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-14 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4141010A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 | 2023-03-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3418286A1 (en) | 2017-06-23 | 2018-12-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4185086A1 (en) | 2017-07-26 | 2023-05-24 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3783006A1 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2021-02-24 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3444258A2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2019-02-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3489243A1 (en) | 2017-11-28 | 2019-05-29 | University of Southern California | Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices |
EP3878855A1 (en) | 2017-11-28 | 2021-09-15 | University of Southern California | Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices |
EP3492480A2 (en) | 2017-11-29 | 2019-06-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3492528A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
WO2019114608A1 (en) * | 2017-12-14 | 2019-06-20 | 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 | Transition metal complex, polymer, mixture, composition and use thereof |
US11674080B2 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2023-06-13 | Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. | Transition metal complex, polymer, mixture, formulation and use thereof |
EP4019526A1 (en) | 2018-01-26 | 2022-06-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
WO2019181465A1 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2019-09-26 | 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence element |
EP3613751A1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2020-02-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4206210A1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2023-07-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3690973A1 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2020-08-05 | University Of Southern California | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4301117A2 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2024-01-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3689889A1 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2020-08-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4134371A2 (en) | 2019-03-26 | 2023-02-15 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3715353A1 (en) | 2019-03-26 | 2020-09-30 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3750897A1 (en) | 2019-06-10 | 2020-12-16 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3771717A1 (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2021-02-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4219515A1 (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2023-08-02 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3778614A1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3816175A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-05 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3845545A1 (en) | 2020-01-06 | 2021-07-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4151644A1 (en) | 2020-01-06 | 2023-03-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4294157A2 (en) | 2020-01-28 | 2023-12-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3858945A1 (en) | 2020-01-28 | 2021-08-04 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP3937268A1 (en) | 2020-07-10 | 2022-01-12 | Universal Display Corporation | Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters |
EP4016659A1 (en) | 2020-11-16 | 2022-06-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4329463A2 (en) | 2020-11-24 | 2024-02-28 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4001287A1 (en) | 2020-11-24 | 2022-05-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4001286A1 (en) | 2020-11-24 | 2022-05-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4039692A1 (en) | 2021-02-03 | 2022-08-10 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4060758A2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4059915A2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4053137A1 (en) | 2021-03-05 | 2022-09-07 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4056578A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-14 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4059941A1 (en) | 2021-03-15 | 2022-09-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4074723A1 (en) | 2021-04-05 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4075531A1 (en) | 2021-04-13 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters |
EP4075530A1 (en) | 2021-04-14 | 2022-10-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4401530A2 (en) | 2021-04-14 | 2024-07-17 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4079743A1 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2022-10-26 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4086266A1 (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2022-11-09 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4112701A2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2023-01-04 | University of Southern California | Molecular alignment of homoleptic iridium phosphors |
EP4151699A1 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-22 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4212539A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-07-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4231804A2 (en) | 2022-02-16 | 2023-08-23 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4242285A1 (en) | 2022-03-09 | 2023-09-13 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4265626A2 (en) | 2022-04-18 | 2023-10-25 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4282863A1 (en) | 2022-05-24 | 2023-11-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4293001A1 (en) | 2022-06-08 | 2023-12-20 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4299693A1 (en) | 2022-06-28 | 2024-01-03 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4326030A1 (en) | 2022-08-17 | 2024-02-21 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362631A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362630A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4362645A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-01 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4369898A1 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-15 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4376583A2 (en) | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-29 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
EP4386065A1 (en) | 2022-12-14 | 2024-06-19 | Universal Display Corporation | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US7902374B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 |
TWI412571B (en) | 2013-10-21 |
TW200831637A (en) | 2008-08-01 |
US20070088167A1 (en) | 2007-04-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220328774A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent materials and devices | |
US7902374B2 (en) | Stability OLED materials and devices | |
EP3428986B1 (en) | Stable and efficient electroluminescent materials | |
US6858327B2 (en) | Organic light emitting materials and devices | |
EP2197980B1 (en) | Complexes with tridentate ligands | |
US7011897B2 (en) | Organic light emitting materials and devices | |
EP2378582A1 (en) | Stable and efficient electroluminescent materials | |
WO2006046980A1 (en) | Organic light emitting materials and devices | |
WO2005073339A2 (en) | Improved electroluminescent stability | |
WO2004017043A2 (en) | Organic light emitting materials with anionic ligand | |
WO2009073246A1 (en) | Method for the synthesis of iridium (iii) complexes with sterically demanding ligands | |
US20060008671A1 (en) | Electroluminescent efficiency |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07838899 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07838899 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |